path: root/docs/docs/stable/mcc-help/zh_CN.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
#
# Translators:
# 7rack <vimxiang@gmail.com>, 2014
# zwpwjwtz <zwpwjwtz@126.com>, 2017
# 7rack <vimxiang@gmail.com>, 2014
# xiao wenming <xwm-citcc5@hotmail.com>, 2015
# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017
# zwpwjwtz <zwpwjwtz@126.com>, 2017
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-22 13:56+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: zwpwjwtz <zwpwjwtz@126.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
"language/zh_CN/)\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
msgstr "访问 WebDAV 共享的驱动器和目录"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
msgid "diskdrake --dav"
msgstr "diskdrake --dav"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"这个工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> 在 Mageia Control Center "
"的 Network Sharing 选项卡下，标记为 <guilabel>配置 WebDAV 分享</guilabel>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "简介"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
"server."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> 是一个"
"允许在本地挂载 web 服务目录，使它表现为本地目录。远程机器运行一个 WebDAV 服务"
"是必须的。配置 WebDAV 服务这不是本工具的目的。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
msgid "Creating a new entry"
msgstr "创建新条目"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
msgid ""
"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
msgstr ""
"如果有的话，该工具的第一屏显示已经配置的条目，和 <guibutton>新建</guibutton> "
"按钮。用它创建新条目。在新界面插入服务器的 URL。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
msgid ""
"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
"it, if needed."
msgstr ""
"然后进入带有单选框的界面，选择一些操作。选择 <guibutton>挂载点</guibutton> 选"
"项，点击 <guibutton>OK</guibutton> 按钮，需 <guibutton>Server</guibutton>已经"
"配置，如果需要你也可以更正它。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
msgid ""
"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
"point."
msgstr "远程目录将可通过该挂载点访问。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
msgid ""
"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
msgstr ""
"下一步中，提供你的用户名和密码。如果你需要其他选项，可以在 "
"<guibutton>advanced</guibutton> 界面添加。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
msgid ""
"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
"access."
msgstr "<guibutton>Mount</guibutton> 选项允许你挂载立即访问。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
msgid ""
"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
msgstr ""
"在接受配置，选择 <guibutton>Done</guibutton> 后，首界面再次出现，新建的挂载点"
"会列出。在选择 <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> 后，会要求选择是否保存修改 到 "
"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>。如果想每次重新启动该远程目录可用，选择该选"
"项。如果你的配置是一次性使用，就不用保存。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
msgstr "共享硬盘分区"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake "
"--fileshare</emphasis> 。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
msgid ""
"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
msgstr ""
"这个简单的工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> 允许你，即管理员，让"
"用户与局域网运行 Linux 或者 Windows 操作系统的其他用户共享他们的 /home 子目"
"录。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
msgid ""
"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
msgstr ""
"在 Mageia Control Center 可以发现，本地磁盘标签下，带有共享你的磁盘分区的标"
"志。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
msgid ""
"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
msgstr ""
"首先，请确定：“<guilabel>您是否希望用户共享他们的目录？</guilabel>”，若不希望"
"所有用户都能共享，请点击<guibutton>不共享</guibutton>；如果允许所有用户开启共"
"享功能，请点击<guibutton>允许所有用户</guibutton>；如果要为部分用户开启共享功"
"能，请点击<guibutton>自定义</guibutton>。在自定义的情况下，必须将允许使用共享"
"功能的用户添加到 fileshare 组，该组由系统自动创建。您稍后需要对此进行设置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
msgid ""
"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
"required packages will be installed if necessary."
msgstr ""
"点击<guilabel>确定</guilabel>后，会出现第二个对话框以询问您需要使用"
"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> 还是 <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>类型的共享网络。如"
"果共享网络中只有 Linux 操作系统，请点击<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>；如果既有 "
"Linux 又有 Windows 系统，请点击<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>。之后，请点击"
"<guilabel>确定</guilabel>，系统将会安装所需的软件包。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
msgid ""
"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
msgstr ""
"如果您没有使用自定义功能，那么到此为止配置已经完成了，系统将会弹出另一个对话"
"框来提示您启动 Userdrake。该工具允许您指定可以哦嗯下目录的用户至 fileshare "
"组：在用户选项卡中，先点击要添加到 fileshare 组的用户，然后点击用户组选项卡中"
"的<guimenuitem>编辑</guimenuitem>，勾选 fileshare 组并点击<guibutton>确定</"
"guibutton>。有关 Userdrake 的更多信息，请见<xref linkend=\"userdrake\">此页</"
"xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
msgid ""
"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
msgstr "当添加新用户至 fileshare 组后时，您需要重新连接网络以使更改生效。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
msgid ""
"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
"have this facility."
msgstr ""
"之后，所有属于 fileshare 组的用户都可以在文件管理器中选择需要共享的文件夹。该"
"功能仅被部分文件管理器支持。"

#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
msgid "en"
msgstr "zh_CN"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
msgstr "访问 NFS 共享的驱动器和目录"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
msgid "."
msgstr "。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
"user with tools such as file browsers."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您定义可以被系统中其他用户"
"访问的共享文件夹。大多数 Linux 或 Unix 系统均支持此 NFS 网络协议。共享文件夹"
"在系统启动后即可访问，也可以在单一会话中通过文件管理器来访问。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
msgid "Procedure"
msgstr "步骤"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
msgid ""
"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
"which share directories."
msgstr "选择<guibutton>搜索服务器</guibutton>来获取含有共享文件夹的服务器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
msgid ""
"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
msgstr "点击服务器前的 > 标记来显示和选择要访问的共享文件夹。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
msgid ""
"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
"to specify where to mount the directory."
msgstr "<guibutton>挂载点</guibutton>用于将该共享文件夹挂载到指定目录。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
msgid ""
"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
msgstr ""
"在选择了挂载点之后，您就可以将其挂载并访问了。您也可以点击<guibutton>选项</"
"guibutton>按钮来检查和更改设置。在挂载目录之后，再次点击挂载按钮可以将此目录"
"卸载。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
msgid ""
"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
"browser, for example in Dolphin."
msgstr ""
"在点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮之后，系统将会提示“您是否希望将更改保存"
"到 /etc/fstab”。如果选择保存，那么下次启动后如果网络链接可用，系统将会自动挂"
"载该目录到指定位置。您可以在文件管理器，如 Dolphin 中访问该目录。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
msgid "CD/DVD burner"
msgstr "CD/DVD 刻录机"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
msgid "diskdrake --removable"
msgstr "diskdrake --removable"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake "
"--removable</emphasis> 。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
msgstr ""
"如果您插入了可移动存储介质（CD/DVD 播放机和刻录机、软盘），则可以在 Mageia 控"
"制中心中的本地磁盘选项卡中找到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
">。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
msgstr "它用于设定您的可移动存储介质的挂载方式。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
msgid ""
"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
"button."
msgstr ""
"窗口上方显示了您的硬件的简短描述和挂载选项，您可以用底部的菜单来更改它们：先"
"点击要更改的项目，然后点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
msgid "Mount point"
msgstr "挂载点"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
msgid ""
"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
msgstr "选中这个复选框改变挂载点。默认是 /media/cdrom。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
msgid "Options"
msgstr "选项"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
msgid ""
"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
msgstr ""
"多数挂载选项可以直接从列表中选择，或者在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>子菜单中选"
"择。主要选项包括："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
msgid "user/nouser"
msgstr "用户模式/无用户模式"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
msgid ""
"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
"the only one who can umount it."
msgstr ""
"用户模式下，普通用户（非 root）可以挂载可移动磁盘，挂载选项包括 noexec、"
"nosuid 和 nodev。只有挂载该磁盘的用户可以卸载该磁盘。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
msgstr "访问 Windows (SMB) 共享的驱动器和目录"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
msgid "diskdrake --smb"
msgstr "diskdrake --smb"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可以从命令行启动该工具，通过以 root 用户输入 <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> 。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
"tools such as file browsers."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您定义可以被系统中其他用户"
"访问的共享文件夹。大多数 Windows 系统均支持此 SMB 网络协议。共享文件夹在系统"
"启动后即可访问，也可以在单一会话中通过文件管理器来访问。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
msgid ""
"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
msgstr ""
"运行工具以前，声明可用服务器的名字是个好主意，如<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
msgid ""
"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
"share directories."
msgstr "选择 <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> 获得共享目录的服务器列表。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
msgid ""
"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
msgstr "点击服务器前的 &gt; 标记来显示和选择要访问的共享文件夹。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
"have to specify where to mount the directory."
msgstr "<guibutton>挂载点</guibutton>用于将该共享文件夹挂载到指定目录。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
msgid ""
"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
"在选择了挂载点之后，您就可以点击<guimenu>挂载</guimenu>按钮将其挂载并访问了。"
"您也可以点击<guibutton>选项</guibutton>按钮来检查和更改设置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
msgid ""
"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
"with the same button."
msgstr ""
"在选项中，您可以指定用于连接 SMB 服务器的用户名和密码。在挂载之后，您可以再次"
"点击挂载按钮来将其卸载。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
msgid ""
"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
msgstr ""
"在点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮之后，系统将会提示“您是否希望将更改保存"
"到 /etc/fstab”。如果选择保存，那么下次启动后如果网络链接可用，系统将会自动挂"
"载该目录到指定位置。您可以在文件管理器，如 Dolphin 中访问该目录。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:3
msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
msgstr "3D 桌面特效"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drak3d.xml:5
msgid "drak3d"
msgstr "drak3d"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drak3d.xml:10
msgid "drak3d.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:18
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> 启动"
"该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:17
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
"default."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>用于管理系统中的 3D 桌面特效。"
"默认情况下，该特效是关闭的。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:25
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "开始"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:27
msgid ""
"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
"start."
msgstr ""
"要使用该工具，您需要先安装 glxinfo 软件包。若尚未安装软件包，系统将提示您先安"
"装它，然后再启动 drak3d。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:31
msgid ""
"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
msgstr ""
"在启动 drak3d 后，您将会进入一个菜单窗口。这里您可以选择<guilabel>无 3D 桌面"
"特效</guilabel> 或 <guilabel>Compiz 合成器</guilabel>。COmpiz 合成器是组件/窗"
"口管理器的一部分，它包含了硬件加速的桌面特效。若需开启特效，请选择"
"<guilabel>Compiz 合成器</guilabel>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:38
msgid ""
"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
"guibutton> button to continue."
msgstr ""
"若您在安装 Mageia 后第一次运行该程序，系统将提示您需要安装特定软件包来运行 "
"Compiz 合成器。请点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮以继续。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drak3d.xml:45
msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:49
msgid ""
"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
"for the changes to take effect."
msgstr ""
"在安装特定软件包后，drak3d 菜单中的 Compiz 合成器一项将被自动选中，但您需要注"
"销并重新登录来使更改生效。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:53
msgid ""
"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
msgstr ""
"在重新登录后，Compiz 合成器将会被启用。若要配置 COmpiz 合成器，请见 cssm "
"（Compiz 配置管理器）工具的说明页。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:59
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "疑难解答"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:62
msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
msgstr "登录后无法显示桌面"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:64
msgid ""
"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
msgstr ""
"若启用 Compiz 合成器后您无法看到桌面，请重启计算机，然后在登录界面中点击“桌"
"面”图标并选择 drak3d。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drak3d.xml:71
msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:75
msgid ""
"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
"log in problem."
msgstr ""
"在登录后，如果您的账户具有管理员权限，请在弹出的对话框中输入密码；否则，请以"
"管理员身份登录，然后撤销导致桌面问题的改动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakauth.xml:9
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "认证"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakauth.xml:11
msgid "drakauth"
msgstr "drakauth"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakauth.xml:16
msgid "drakauth.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakauth.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakauth</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakauth.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> 允许您修改用户在本机器和网络"
"上的认证方式。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakauth.xml:25
msgid ""
"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
"and give information about that."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，用于认证的信息储存在您的计算机上。只有当您的网络管理员需要您提供"
"相关信息时，才需要修改认证方式。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
msgstr "设置自动登录以便以特定用户的身份自动登录"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
msgid "drakautologin"
msgstr "drakautologin"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
msgid "drakautologin.png"
msgstr "drakautologin.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakautologin</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您以同一用户的身份自动登录"
"至桌面环境，而无需输入密码。若只有一位用户使用该机器，则可以启动自动登录功"
"能。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
msgid ""
"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
msgstr ""
"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的<emphasis role=\"bold\">引导</emphasis>选项卡中找"
"到，选项的名称为“设置自动登录”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
msgstr "程序界面的按钮非常明确："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
msgid ""
"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
msgstr ""
"若您希望在启动后载入 X 窗口系统，请选定<guibutton>系统启动后自动载入图形化界"
"面</guibutton>。此外，您也可以手动启动图形化界面：在命令行中运"
"行“startx”或“systemctl start dm”即可。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
msgid ""
"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"若您选定了第一项，则会有另外两个选项可供选择：若您希望手动选择登录用户名，请"
"选择<guibutton>不，我不希望自动登录</guibutton>；如果您希望自动登录，请选择"
"<guibutton>是，我希望自动登录（至此用户和桌面环境）</guibutton>。在后一种情况"
"下，您还需要指定用于登录的<guilabel>默认用户名</guilabel>和<guilabel>默认桌面"
"</guilabel>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakboot.xml:3
msgid "Set up boot system"
msgstr "设置启动系统"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakboot.xml:5
msgid "drakboot"
msgstr "drakboot"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:10
msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:14
msgid ""
"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
"(ESP)."
msgstr ""
"若您使用 UEFI 硬件而非 BIOS 硬件，那么程序界面会有所不同，因为引导设备只能为 "
"EFI 系统分区（ESP）。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:20
msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:25
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> 启"
"动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
"boot, etc.)"
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您配置引导选项（选择引导"
"器、设置密码、设置默认引导项等）"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:29
msgid ""
"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
"boot system\"."
msgstr ""
"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的“引导”选项卡中找到它，选项名称是“设置系统引导”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:33
msgid ""
"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
msgstr ""
"只有当您清楚您需要做的事情时才使用此工具！修改引导选项有可能导致您的机器无法"
"启动！"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:38
msgid ""
"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
msgstr ""
"第一个区域是 <guilabel>引导器</guilabel>设置，如果您使用 BIOS 硬件，则可以点"
"击<guibutton>要使用的引导器</guibutton>并选择 GRUB、GRUB2 或 LILO，使用图形或"
"文本界面。这些选项提供的功能基本一致，您可以根据个人喜好进行虚啊俺则。您也可"
"以设置<guibutton>引导设备</guibutton>，如果您对此不甚了解，请不要改动此项。引"
"导设备是指引导器所安装的位置，修改此项有可能导致机器无法启动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:46
msgid ""
"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
"to all operating systems installed."
msgstr ""
"对于 UEFI 硬件，引导器只能是 GRUB2-efi，它被安装至 /boot/EFI 分区。通常情况下"
"此分区的格式是 FAT32。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:50
msgid ""
"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
msgstr ""
"第二个区域是<guilabel>主要选项</guilabel>，您可以设置<guibutton>自动引导之前"
"等待</guibutton>，时间的单位是秒。在倒计时时，GRUB 或 LILO 将显示可用的操作系"
"统，提示您进行选择。若您没有做出选择，引导器将会自动引导默认操作系统。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:57
msgid ""
"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
msgstr ""
"在第三个（也是最后一个）名为<guibutton>安全</guibutton>的区域中，您可以为引导"
"器设置密码。之后，在系统引导时就必须输入用户名和密码才能调整引导参数：用户名"
"默认为“root”，密码即为您在此处设置的密码。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:63
msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
msgstr "<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮用于设置额外参数。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:66
msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>启用ACPI：</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:68
msgid ""
"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
"compatible."
msgstr ""
"ACPI（高级配置与电源接口）是标准的电源管理协议。它可以关闭未使用的设备以节"
"能，用于取代 APM。如果您的硬件兼容 ACPI，则可以勾选它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:73
msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>启用 SMP：</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:75
msgid ""
"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
"multicore processors."
msgstr "SMP 指对称多处理器，是多核处理器的架构之一。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:79
msgid ""
"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
"processor and enable SMP."
msgstr "如果您的处理器支持超线程，Mageia 将会视其为双核处理器并启用 SMP。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:83
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
"guibutton>"
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>启用 APIC</guibutton> 和 <guibutton>启用本地 APIC：</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:86
msgid ""
"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
"APIC."
msgstr ""
"APIC 指高级可编程中断控制器。Intel 的 APIC 系统包括两个组件：本地 "
"APIC（LAPIC）和输入/输出 APIC（I/O APIC）。后者将它从外围总线收到的中断转发给"
"处理器内的一个或多个本地 APIC。这通常用于多处理器系统。部分硬件对 APIC 的支持"
"有问题，可能导致死机或设备检测错误（出现“spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”之类"
"的消息）。在这种情况下，请禁用 APIC 和/或本地 APIC。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:97
msgid "drakboot1.png"
msgstr "drakboot1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:101
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
"loader you chose."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>中显示的内容将因您选择的引导器类型而有所不同。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:106
msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
msgstr "使用传统 GRUB 或 LILO："

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:108
msgid ""
"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
"able to use these tools."
msgstr ""
"在这种情况下，您将在引导时看到可用的操作系统列表，默认操作系统以星号标注。要"
"改变列表中操作系统的顺序，请点击上下箭头来移动它们。若您点击<guibutton>添加</"
"guibutton>或<guibutton>修改</guibutton>按钮，将会弹出新窗口以便您添加或修改引"
"导器菜单。在使用此工具前，您需要对 GRUB 或 LILO 的引导有所了解。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:118
msgid "drakboot2.png"
msgstr "drakboot2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:122
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
"example: Mageia3."
msgstr ""
"您可以在<guilabel>标题</guilabel>一栏中随意填写您希望在菜单中显示的文字，它"
"与 GRUB 的“title”命令作用相同。例如：Mageia 3。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:126
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>镜像</guilabel>一栏用于指定内核文件名。它与 GRUB 命令“kernel”的作用"
"相同。例如：/boot/vmlinuz。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:129
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>根</guilabel>一栏用于指定内核文件储存的位置。它与 GRUB 命令“root”作"
"用相同。例如：(hd0,1)。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
"the kernel at boot time."
msgstr "<guilabel>附加</guilabel>一栏中包含了传递给内核的引导参数。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:136
msgid ""
"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
"entry by default."
msgstr "如果勾选了<guilabel>La默认bel</guilabel>，GRUB 将会默认引导该系统。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:139
msgid ""
"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
msgstr ""
"在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>选项中，您可以在下拉列表中设定<guilabel>图像模式</"
"guilabel>、<guilabel>initrd</guilabel>文件和<guilabel>网络配置</guilabel>，请"
"参考<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:147
msgid ""
"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
msgstr "使用 GRUB2 或 GRUB2-EFI（分别用于传统模式和 UEFI 模式）："

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:150
msgid ""
"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
"one."
msgstr ""
"在这种情况下，<guilabel>默认</guilabel>下拉列表中显示了所有可用的操作系统；请"
"选择您希望默认引导的操作系统。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:156
msgid "drakboot3.png"
msgstr "drakboot3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:163
msgid ""
"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
"若您已安装了其他操作系统，Mageia 会尝试将它们也添加到 Mageia 的引导菜单。如果"
"您不希望 Mageia 这么做，请取消勾选<guilabel>检测其他操作系统</guilabel>"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:167
msgid ""
"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
msgstr ""
"在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>选项中，您可以在下拉列表中设定<guilabel>图像模式</"
"guilabel>。如果您不希望用 Mageia 来引导，而是从其他系统来加载  Mageia，请勾"
"选 <guilabel>不修改 ESP 或 MBR</guilabel> 并确认弹出的警告。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:175
msgid "drakboot6.png"
msgstr "drakboot6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:180
msgid ""
"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
"unless chain loaded from another OS."
msgstr ""
"不配置 ESP 或 MBR 意味着安装后可能无法引导系统，除非您使用其他操作系统来引导 "
"Mageia！"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:184
msgid ""
"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
msgstr ""
"若要自定义其他参数，您可以使用 <emphasis>Grub 自定义工具</emphasis>，可以从 "
"Mageia 仓库中安装它（见下）。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:190
msgid "drakboot4.png"
msgstr "drakboot4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
msgstr "收集日志和系统信息以便反馈软件缺陷"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
msgid "drakbug_report"
msgstr "drakbug_report"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakbug_report</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
"used on the command line."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>只能从命令行启动和使用。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
msgid ""
"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
"several GBs large."
msgstr ""
"我们建议您将此命令的输出内容写入到文件，例如您可以 <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>，但请确保您的磁盘有足够的空"
"间：输出的内容可能会有数 GB 大。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
msgid ""
"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
"the unneeded parts."
msgstr "输出内容太多，无法直接附加到错误报告中，您必须先移除其中不必要的部分。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
msgstr "此命令用于收集系统的信息："

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
msgid "lspci"
msgstr "lspci"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
msgid "pci_devices"
msgstr "pci_devices"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
msgid "dmidecode"
msgstr "dmidecode"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
msgid "fdisk"
msgstr "fdisk"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
msgid "scsi"
msgstr "scsi"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
msgid "lsmod"
msgstr "lsmod"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
msgid "cmdline"
msgstr "cmdline"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
msgid "pcmcia: stab"
msgstr "pcmcia: stab"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
msgid "usb"
msgstr "usb"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
msgid "partitions"
msgstr "partitions"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
msgid "cpuinfo"
msgstr "cpuinfo"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
msgid "syslog"
msgstr "syslog"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
msgid "Xorg.log"
msgstr "Xorg.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
msgid "monitor_full_edid"
msgstr "monitor_full_edid"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
msgid "stage1.log"
msgstr "stage1.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
msgid "ddebug.log"
msgstr "ddebug.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
msgid "install.log"
msgstr "install.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
msgid "fstab"
msgstr "fstab"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
msgid "modprobe.conf"
msgstr "modprobe.conf"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
msgid "lilo.conf"
msgstr "lilo.conf"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
msgid "grub: menu.lst"
msgstr "grub: menu.lst"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
msgid "grub: install.sh"
msgstr "grub: install.sh"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
msgid "grub: device.map"
msgstr "grub: device.map"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
msgid "xorg.conf"
msgstr "xorg.conf"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
msgid "urpmi.cfg"
msgstr "urpmi.cfg"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
msgid "modprobe.preload"
msgstr "modprobe.preload"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
msgid "/proc/iomem"
msgstr "/proc/iomem"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
msgid "/proc/ioport"
msgstr "/proc/ioport"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
msgid "mageia version"
msgstr "Mageia 版本"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
msgid "rpm -qa"
msgstr "rpm -qa"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
msgid "df"
msgstr "df"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
msgid ""
"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"在编写此帮助文档之时，“syslog”相关的输出并不完整，因为该工具尚未移植到 "
"systemd。如果它的输出为空，您可以通过（以 root 身份）运行 <emphasis role="
"\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>。如果您的磁盘空间不足，您"
"可以摘取日志的后 5000 行：<emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -"
"n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakbug.xml:9
msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
msgstr "Mageia 错误报告工具"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakbug.xml:9
msgid "drakbug"
msgstr "drakbug"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakbug.xml:15
msgid "drakbug.png"
msgstr "drakbug.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:19
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakbug</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:19
msgid ""
"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
msgstr ""
"一般情况下，此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>会在 Mageia 工具崩"
"溃后自动启动。当您在填写错误报告后，您也可能需要启动此工具来查看它所提供的信"
"息，并将其反馈到您所填写的错误报告中。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:21
msgid ""
"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
msgstr ""
"若您需要创建新的错误报告，但对此工具并不熟悉，请在点击“报告”按钮前先阅读"
"<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">"
"如何妥善报告错误</link> 。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:23
msgid ""
"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
msgstr ""
"如果其他人已经报告过该错误（在这种情况下，drakbug 显示的错误信息也会相同），"
"那么您可以向现有报告中添加一条评论，说明您也遇到了相同的问题。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakclock.xml:3
msgid "Manage date and time"
msgstr "管理日期和时间"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakclock.xml:5
msgid "drakclock"
msgstr "drakclock"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakclock.xml:10
msgid "drakclock.png"
msgstr "drakclock.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> "
"启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的系统选"
"项卡中找到，选项名称是“管理日期和时间”。在部分桌面环境中，您也可以通过右键单"
"击系统托盘中的时钟来调整日期和时间。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:21
msgid "It's a very simple tool."
msgstr "此工具非常简单。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:23
msgid ""
"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
msgstr ""
"左上角显示了 <emphasis role=\"bold\">日历</emphasis>。在上面的截图中，当前日"
"期是 2012 年 9 月 2 日，星期日。点击年、月旁边的小箭头可以改变年和月；直接选"
"择日历中的数字可以选中指定的一天。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:29
msgid ""
"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
msgstr ""
"左下角是<emphasis role=\"bold\">网络时间协议</emphasis>同步。您可以将本地时间"
"与服务器提供的时间同步，以便保持时间准确。点击<guilabel>启用网络时间协议</"
"guilabel>来选择距离最近的服务器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:34
msgid ""
"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
"your desktop environment settings for that."
msgstr ""
"右边是<emphasis role=\"bold\">时钟</emphasis>部分。如果启用了网络时间协议同"
"步，则无需手动设置此时钟。其中的三个方框分别显示了时、分、秒（截图中是 15 时 "
"28 分 22 秒），使用小箭头可以调整时钟。您无法在此处修改时钟格式——请在您的桌面"
"环境设置中更改它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:40
msgid ""
"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
"nearest town."
msgstr ""
"在右下角，您可以点击<guibutton>改变时区</guibutton>按钮来设置您所在的时区。请"
"选择距离您最近的城市。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:45
msgid ""
"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"虽然您无法用此工具设置时间或日期格式，但桌面上的时钟会根据您的本地化设置来显"
"示时间和日期。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
msgid "Remove a connection"
msgstr "移除连接"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
msgid "drakconnect --del"
msgstr "drakconnect --del"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
msgid ""
"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
"\"0\"/>."
msgstr "您可以用它来删除网络接口<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
msgid ""
"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"点击下拉菜单，并选择您要移除的网络接口，然后点击<emphasis>下一步</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
msgid ""
"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
"successfully."
msgstr "您将会看到网络接口移除成功的提示。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
msgstr "设置新的网络连接(局域网、ISDN、ADSL 拨号……)"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
msgid "drakconnect"
msgstr "drakconnect"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
msgid "drakconnect.png"
msgstr "drakconnect.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
"your access provider or your network administrator."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您配置本地网络或互联网访问"
"方式。您需要从您的运营商或网络管理员那里获得相关配置信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
msgid ""
"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
"and provider you have."
msgstr "请选择您要设置的链接类型，它应当与您的硬件和运营商一致。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
msgstr "有线链接（以太网）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
msgid ""
"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
"to configure."
msgstr "第一个对话框中列出了可用的接口，请选择一个接口进行配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
msgid ""
"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
"address."
msgstr "在这里，您可以选择手动或自动设置 IP 地址。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
msgid "Automatic IP"
msgstr "自动 IP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>以太网 IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址是由您的 DHCP "
"服务器提供，还是由您手工设置。在后一种情况下，您需要填写 DNS 服务器的 IP。可"
"以在这里设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用"
"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。如果选择了<emphasis>从 DHCP 服务器"
"获取主机名</emphasis>，主机名也可以由 DHCP 服务器指定。并非所有 DHCP 服务器都"
"有该功能，例如当您通过家用 ADSL 路由器接入网络。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
msgid "drakconnect5.png"
msgstr "drakconnect5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
msgstr "高级按钮用于指定："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
msgstr "查找域名（由 DHCP 服务器提供，不可修改）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
msgid "the DHCP client"
msgstr "DHCP 客户端"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
msgid "DHCP timeout"
msgstr "DHCP 超时值"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
msgstr "从 DHCP 获取 YP 服务器（默认选中）：指定 NIS 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
msgstr "从 DHCP 获取 NTPD 服务器（用于同步时钟）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
msgid ""
"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
msgstr ""
"DHCP 所需的主机名。只有当 DHCP 服务器在分配 IP 地址前需要客户端提供主机名时，"
"您才需要使用此选项。部分 DHCP 服务器会忽略此选项。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
msgid ""
"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
msgstr ""
"在完成以上设置后，最后一步对所有链接配置进行了说明：<xref linkend="
"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
msgid "Manual configuration"
msgstr "手工配置"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
"attributed by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>以太网/IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定使用的 DNS 服务器。可以在这里"
"指定计算机主机名。如果没有指定主机名，将会使用默认值 <literal>localhost."
"localdomain</literal>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
msgid ""
"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
"provider's website."
msgstr ""
"对于家用网络环境，IP 地址的形式一般为<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>，网络掩"
"码一般为<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>，网关和 DNS 服务器可以从网络运营商"
"的网站上获得。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
msgid ""
"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
"this setting."
msgstr ""
"在高级设置中，您可以指定<emphasis>查找域名</emphasis>。它通常是您的家庭域名，"
"例如：如果您的计算机名为“pc”，完整的域名为“pc.baidu.com”，那么查找域名就"
"是“baidu.com”。除非您确实需要此功能，否则最好使用默认设置。一般的家用 ADSL 无"
"需此项设置。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
msgid "drakconnect30.png"
msgstr "drakconnect30.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
msgstr "此处<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>对下一步的操作进行了展示"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
msgstr "卫星连接（DVB）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
msgid ""
"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
msgstr ""
"由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link ns2:href="
"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支"
"持。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
msgstr "新调制解调器连接"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
msgstr "您需要指定认证模式："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
msgid "None"
msgstr "无"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
msgid ""
"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
"and password."
msgstr "BPALogin（用于 Telstra）。您需要提供用户名和密码。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>有线/IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址是由您的 DHCP 服"
"务器提供，还是由您手工设置。在后一种情况下，您需要填写 DNS 服务器的 IP。可以"
"在这里设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用"
"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。如果选择了<emphasis>从 DHCP 服务器"
"获取主机名</emphasis>，主机名也可以由 DHCP 服务器指定。并非所有 DHCP 服务器都"
"有该功能，例如当您通过家用 ADSL 路由器接入网络。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
"attributed by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>有线/IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定使用的 DNS 服务器。可以在这里指"
"定计算机主机名。如果没有指定主机名，将会使用默认值 <literal>localhost."
"localdomain</literal>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
msgid ""
"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
"need this setting."
msgstr ""
"在高级设置中，您可以指定<emphasis>查找域名</emphasis>。它通常是您的家庭域名，"
"例如：如果您的计算机名为“pc”，完整的域名为“pc.baidu.com”，那么查找域名就"
"是“baidu.com”。除非您确实需要此功能，否则最好使用默认设置。一般的家用连接无需"
"此项设置。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
msgid "drakconnect32.png"
msgstr "drakconnect32.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
msgid "A new DSL connection"
msgstr "新 DSL 连接"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
msgid ""
"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
"configure it."
msgstr "如果工具检测到了网络接口，将会提示您进行选择并配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
msgid ""
"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
msgstr ""
"列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这"
"里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入运营商所提供的"
"选项参数。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
msgstr "选择可用的协议："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
msgstr "动态主机配置协议（DHCP）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
msgstr "手工配置 TCP/IP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
msgstr "ADSL 上的 PPP 协议（PPPoA）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
msgstr "以太网上的点对点协议（PPPoE）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
msgstr "点对点隧道协议（PPTP）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
msgid "Access settings"
msgstr "访问设置"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
msgid "Account Login (user name)"
msgstr "账户登录名（用户名）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
msgid "Account password"
msgstr "账户密码"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
msgstr "（高级）虚拟路径 ID（VPI）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
msgstr "（高级）虚拟环路 ID（VCI）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
msgid "A new ISDN connection"
msgstr "新 ISDN 连接"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
msgstr "向导将询问需要配置的设备："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
msgstr "手动选择（内部 ISDN 卡）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
msgid "External ISDN modem"
msgstr "外置 ISDN 调制解调器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
msgid ""
"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
"Select your card."
msgstr "列表中包含了一系列硬件，并按类型和制造商归类。请选择您的 IDSN 卡。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
msgstr "除欧洲外其他地区的协议（DHCP）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
msgstr "欧洲地区的协议（EDSS1）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
msgid ""
"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
"asked for parameters:"
msgstr ""
"列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这"
"里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入相关参数："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
msgid "Connection name"
msgstr "连接名称"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
msgid "Phone number"
msgstr "电话号码"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
msgid "Login ID"
msgstr "登录 ID"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
msgid "Authentication method"
msgstr "身份验证方式"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
msgid ""
"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
msgstr ""
"之后，您需要选择自动或手动获取 IP 地址。若手动获取，请指定 IP 地址和子网掩"
"码。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
msgid ""
"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
"put:"
msgstr ""
"下一步是选择如何获取 DNS 服务器地址：使用自动或手动模式。如果是手动模式，您需"
"要输入："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
msgid "Domain name"
msgstr "域名"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
msgid "First and second DNS Server"
msgstr "第一和第二 DNS 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
msgid ""
"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
msgstr ""
"是否根据 IP 来设置主机名。仅当您的运营商需要此功能时，您才需要进行设置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
msgid ""
"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
"IP address."
msgstr ""
"下一步是选择如何获取 DNS 服务器地址：使用自动或手动模式。如果是手动模式，您需"
"要输入 IP 地址。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
msgstr "新无线连接（WiFi）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
msgid ""
"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
msgstr ""
"第一个窗口中列出了可用的接口，以及 Windows 兼容驱动（ndiswrapper）。请选择一"
"个来进行配置。只有当其他配置方法都不管用的情况下，您才需要尝试 Windows 兼容驱"
"动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
msgid ""
"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
"the card has detected."
msgstr "在这一步中，请在网卡检测到的接入点中选择一个进行连接。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
msgstr "无线网卡的特定参数包括："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
msgid "drakconnect31.png"
msgstr "drakconnect31.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
msgid "Operating mode:"
msgstr "工作模式："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "受控的"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
msgstr "访问现有的接入点（最常用）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "Ad-Hoc"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
msgstr "计算机之间直接连接。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "网络名 (ESSID)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
msgstr "加密模式：取决于接入点的配置方式。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
msgid "WPA/WPA2"
msgstr "WPA/WPA2"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
msgstr "如果您的硬件支持此模式，请使用它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
msgid "WEP"
msgstr "WEP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
msgstr "一些老旧的硬件仅支持此加密模式。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
msgid "Encryption key"
msgstr "加密密钥"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
msgstr "该模式一般由接入点设备决定。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
msgid ""
"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
"manual IP address."
msgstr "在这里，您可以选择手动或自动设置 IP 地址。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
"DHCP server</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址是由您的 DHCP 服务器提"
"供，还是由您手工设置。在后一种情况下，您需要填写 DNS 服务器的 IP。可以在这里"
"设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用"
"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。如果选择了<emphasis>从 DHCP 服务器"
"获取主机名</emphasis>，主机名也可以由 DHCP 服务器指定。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
msgstr "从 DHCP 获取 YP 服务器（默认选中）：指定 NIS 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
msgid ""
"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
msgstr ""
"在完成以上设置后，最后一步对所有链接配置进行了说明：<xref linkend="
"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址。可以在这里设置计算机"
"的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用<literal>localhost."
"localdomain</literal>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
msgid ""
"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
"website."
msgstr ""
"对于家用网络环境，IP 地址的形式一般为<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>，网络掩"
"码一般为<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>，网关和 DNS 服务器可以从网络运营商"
"的网站上获得。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
msgid ""
"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
"period."
msgstr ""
"在高级设置中，您可以指定<emphasis>查找域名</emphasis>。它必须和主机名的后半部"
"分一致。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
msgstr "新 GPRS/Edge/3G 连接"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
msgid ""
"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
"configure it."
msgstr "如果工具检测到了无线网卡，将会提示您进行选择并配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
msgstr "系统会提示您输入 PIN。如果不需要 PIN，请将其留空。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
msgid ""
"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"向导需要网络连接。如果系统没有检测到网络，请选择 <guilabel>未列出</"
"guilabel>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
msgid "Provide access settings"
msgstr "访问设置"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
msgid "Access Point Name"
msgstr "访问点名称"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
msgstr "新蓝牙拨号连接"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
msgstr "新模拟调制解调器连接（POTS）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
msgid "Manual choice"
msgstr "手动选择"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
msgstr "检测可能存在的硬件"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
msgstr "列表中包含了一系列端口，请在其中选择您的端口。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
msgid ""
"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"如果尚未安装软件包 <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>，系统将提示您安装。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
msgid ""
"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
"for Dialup options:"
msgstr ""
"列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这"
"里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入拨号连接所需的"
"参数："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>连接名</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>电话号码</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>登录 ID</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>密码</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
msgstr "<emphasis>认证方式</emphasis>，请在以下几种方式中选择："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
msgid "PAP/CHAP"
msgstr "PAP/CHAP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
msgid "Script-based"
msgstr "基于脚本登录"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
msgid "Terminal-based"
msgstr "基于终端"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
msgid "Ending the configuration"
msgstr "完成配置"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
msgstr "在下一步中，您可以指定："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>允许用户控制连接</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>系统启动时自动连接</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>启用流量计费</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>允许 Network Manager 管理接口</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
msgid ""
"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
msgstr ""
"对于无线连接，<emphasis>允许接入点漫游</emphasis>选项可以让您根据信号强度自动"
"选择接入点。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
msgstr "高级按钮用于指定："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
msgstr "跃点数（Metric，默认为 10）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
msgid "MTU"
msgstr "MTU"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
msgid "Network Hotplugging"
msgstr "网络热插拔"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
msgstr "启用 IPv6 到 IPv4 的隧道"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
msgid ""
"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
"immediately or not."
msgstr "在最后一步中，您可以指定是否在系统启动时启用该连接。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
msgid "drakconnect9.png"
msgstr "drakconnect9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
msgid "Open a console as administrator"
msgstr "以管理员身份打开控制台"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
msgid "drakconsole"
msgstr "drakconsole"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
msgid "drakconsole.png"
msgstr "drakconsole.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakconsole</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
"information about that."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以让您以 root 身份直接访问终"
"端。请慎重使用该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
msgid "Manage disk partitions"
msgstr "管理磁盘分区"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
msgstr "drakdisk 或 diskdrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
"as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> "
"来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>非常强大，如果您在操作时稍不留"
"神就可能导致分区或整个硬盘上的数据丢失。因此，您在启动该工具时会看到以上警"
"示。如果您不希望继续操作，请点击<emphasis>退出</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
msgid ""
"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
msgstr ""
"如果您有多个磁盘，则可以在选项卡中选择当前所操作的磁盘（sda、sdb、sdc 等）。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
msgid "drakdisk.png"
msgstr "drakdisk.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
msgid ""
"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
msgstr ""
"您可以使用诸多操作来调整磁盘分区，如：擦除整个硬盘、分割或合并分区、改变分区"
"大小、更改文件系统、格式化或查看分区内容。底部的<emphasis><guibutton>清除所有"
"数据</guibutton></emphasis>按钮用于擦除整个硬盘；在点击特定分区后，您还可以使"
"用其他按钮所对应的功能。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
msgid ""
"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
msgstr ""
"如果您使用 UEFI 硬件，您将看到一个名为“EFI 系统分区”的小分区，它被挂载至 /"
"boot/EFI。请不要删除它。因为它包含了系统启动所必须的引导器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
msgid ""
"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
"must be unmounted first."
msgstr ""
"如果所选分区已被挂载，如下例所示，您将无法更改其大小、格式化或删除它。若要对"
"此分区进行操作，请先将其卸载。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
msgstr "调整分区大小时，只能更改其右侧边界"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
msgid ""
"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
"is selected"
msgstr ""
"若要改变分区类型（如从 ext3 改为 ext4），您需要先删除分区，然后创建一个新分"
"区。若您选择了空白区域，<guibutton role=\"bold\">创建</guibutton>按钮将会出"
"现。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
msgstr "您可以将挂载点设为不存在的路径，系统将自动创建它。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
msgid ""
"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
"seen in the screenshot below."
msgstr ""
"选择<emphasis><guibutton>切换专家模式</guibutton></emphasis>后，程序将显示额"
"外的可用操作，如设置分区标签，如以下截图所示。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakedm.xml:4
msgid "Set up display manager"
msgstr "设置显示管理器"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakedm.xml:5
msgid "drakedm"
msgstr "drakedm"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakedm.xml:9
msgid "drakedm.png"
msgstr "drakedm.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakedm.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> "
"来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakedm.xml:12
msgid ""
"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
"on your system will be shown."
msgstr ""
"您可以在这里<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>选择需要使用的显示管理"
"器，以便登录到桌面环境。系统只显示可用的显示管理器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakedm.xml:17
msgid ""
"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
msgstr ""
"多数用户对于登录界面的风格不会过多关注。不过，它们之间确实有一些特性上的差"
"异，如：LXDM 是轻量级的显示管理器，而 SDDM 和 GDM 则包含了诸多附加功能。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
msgstr "设置个人防火墙"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
msgid "drakfirewall"
msgstr "drakfirewall"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
msgid "drakfirewall.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
"security, permissions and audit\"."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的系统选"
"项卡中找到，选项名称是“设置个人防火墙”。它与第一个选项卡中的“配置系统安全、权"
"限和审计”是同一个工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
msgid ""
"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
msgstr ""
"Mageia 默认安装了基本的防火墙。所有未经授权的外部连接都会被拒绝。在以上第一个"
"窗口，您可以选择要接受的外部连接所对应的服务。除非您希望禁用防火墙，否则为了"
"安全起见，请不要勾选第一个方框<guilabel>所有（无防火墙）</guilabel>，而只勾选"
"所需的服务。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
msgid ""
"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
"examples :"
msgstr ""
"可以手动输入您希望开放的端口号。请点击<guibutton>高级</guibutton>，然后在弹出"
"的新窗口中的<guilabel>其他端口</guilabel>中输入所需端口，如下例所示："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
msgstr "80/tcp：开放 80 端口的 TCP 协议"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
msgstr "24000:24010/udp : 开放 4000 至 24010 端口的 UDP 协议"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
msgstr "不同的端口号间使用空格分隔。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
msgid ""
"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
msgstr ""
"若勾选了<guilabel>将防火墙消息记录到系统日志</guilabel>，防火墙的相关消息将会"
"保存至系统日志"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
msgid ""
"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
msgstr ""
"如果您不打算用计算机提供特定服务（网页、邮件服务器、文件共享等），我们建议您"
"不要勾选任何项目，而且这并不会影响到您的互联网连接。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
msgid ""
"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
msgstr ""
"下一个窗口用于配置交互式防火墙选项。当勾选了第一项<guilabel>使用交互式防火墙"
"</guilabel>，系统将会在连接发起时弹出警告。若勾选了第二项，则系统在检测到端口"
"扫描（常被用于扫描漏洞并入侵系统）时弹出警告。第三项及其之后的方框用于设置您"
"在前两个窗口中开启的端口；在下面的截图中，系统中启用了 SSH 服务和 80:150/tcp "
"端口。请选择要在哪些端口被连接时弹出警告。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
msgstr "此警告将由网络应用程序以警示弹窗的形式发出。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
msgid ""
"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
"packages are downloaded."
msgstr ""
"在最后一个窗口中，请选择需要连接到互联网并且需要保护的网络接口。点击确定按钮"
"后，将会自动下载所需软件包。"

#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
msgid ""
"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
msgstr ""
"如果您不清楚如何选择，请参考 Mageia 控制中心的“网络和互联网”选项卡中的“设置新"
"的网络接口”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakfont.xml:3
msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
msgstr "管理、添加及删除字体。导入 Windows™ 字体"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakfont.xml:6
msgid "drakfont"
msgstr "drakfont"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfont.xml:11
msgid "drakfont.png"
msgstr "drakfont.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> "
"来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
"above shows:"
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的"
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">系统</emphasis>选项卡中找到。它允许您管理系统中的可用"
"字体。主窗口如下所示："

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:22
msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
msgstr "已安装字体的名称、样式和大小。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:26
msgid "a preview of the selected font."
msgstr "所选字体的预览。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:30
msgid "some buttons explained here later."
msgstr "部分按钮将会在后面解释。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:36
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">获取 Windows 字体</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:38
msgid ""
"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
msgstr ""
"若检测到了 Windows 分区，则会自动显示此按钮。您需要安装 Microsoft Windows 才"
"能使用此功能。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:41
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">选项</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:43
msgid ""
"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
"to use the fonts."
msgstr "它允许您指定应用程序或设备（打印机等）使用的字体。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:46
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">选项</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:48
msgid ""
"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
"documents that use them."
msgstr ""
"此按钮用于移除字体以便节省空间。在移除字体前请小心，因为这可能导致依赖于该字"
"体的文档无法正确显示。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:52
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">导入</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:54
msgid ""
"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
msgstr ""
"您可以从第三方途径（CD、互联网等）添加字体。支持的字体格式有 TTF、PFA、PFB、"
"PCF、PFM 和 GSF。请点击<emphasis role=\"bold\">导入</emphasis>按钮，然后点击"
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">添加</emphasis>，在弹出的文件管理器中选择要安装的字"
"体，再点击<emphasis role=\"bold\">按钮</emphasis>进行安装。它们将被安装至/"
"usr/share/fonts。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:60
msgid ""
"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
msgstr ""
"如果新安装（或移除）的字体没有出现在 Drakfont 主窗口中，请将其关闭后重新打开 "
"Drakfont。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:3
msgid "Parental Controls"
msgstr "家长控制"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakguard.xml:5
msgid "drakguard"
msgstr "drakguard"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakguard.xml:10
msgid "drakguard.png"
msgstr "drakguard.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
"package (not installed by default)."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的安全选"
"项卡中找到，选项名称是“家长控制”。如果您找不到该选项，请安装 drakguard 软件包"
"（默认情况下未安装）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
msgid "Presentation"
msgstr "介绍"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:23
msgid ""
"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
"useful capabilities:"
msgstr ""
"Drakguard 是一款用于家长控制的便捷软件，可以限制计算机用户的行为和使用时间。"
"Drakguard 有以下三个特性："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:29
msgid ""
"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
msgstr ""
"通过控制 Mageia 内置的 shorewall 防火墙，它可以限制指定用户访问网络的时间。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:35
msgid ""
"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
"only execute what you accept them to execute."
msgstr "它可以阻止指定用户执行特定命令，使得用户只能执行您所允许执行的命令。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:40
msgid ""
"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
"DansGuardian."
msgstr ""
"它可以限制访问的网站，您可以手动设置网站黑名单/白名单，也可以根据网站内容进行"
"判断。Drakguard 使用著名且开源的家长控制软件 DansGuardian 来实现这一功能。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:49
msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
msgstr "配置家长控制"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:52
msgid ""
"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
"then suggest you reboot."
msgstr ""
"如果您的计算机硬盘中有 Ext2、Ext3 或 ReiserFS 格式的分区，您将会看到一个用于"
"配置 ACL 的弹出窗口。ACL 即访问控制列表，该功能由 Linux 内核提供，用于指定每"
"个文件能被哪些用户访问。Ext4 和 Btrfs 格式的分区内建了 ACL；对于 Ext2、Ext3 "
"或 ReiserFS 格式的分区，则必须通过特定选项来开启。如果您回答了“是”，"
"drakguard 将会对您的所有分区启用 ACL，并建议您重新启动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:61
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
"is opened."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>启用分区控制</guibutton>：如果勾选，将会启用家长控制，并显示"
"<guilabel>阻止程序</guilabel>选项卡。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:65
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>阻止所有网络连接</guibutton>：如果勾选，将会拦截所有网站访问（白名"
"单选项卡中的网站除外）。否则，将允许访问所有网站（黑名单选项卡中的网站除"
"外）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:69
msgid ""
"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
"remove him/her from the allowed users."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>用户访问</guibutton>：根据您设定的规则，左侧用户的访问将会受到限"
"制。右侧用户的访问不会受限，以便成人用户能够方便地使用计算机。您可以从左侧的"
"列表中选择一个用户，然后点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>将其添加到不受限的用户"
"列表中；或者从右侧的列表中选择一个用户，然后点击<guibutton>移除</guibutton>将"
"其从不受限的用户列表中排除。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:77
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
"window."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>时间控制</guibutton>：若勾选，互联网访问的时间将会被限制在"
"<guilabel>开始</guilabel>时间和<guilabel>结束</guilabel>时间之间，此外的时段"
"将禁止用户访问互联网。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:83
msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
msgstr "白名单/黑名单选项卡"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:85
msgid ""
"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
"请在顶部的第一栏中输入网站 URL，然后点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>按钮。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:90
msgid "Block Programs Tab"
msgstr "阻止程序选项卡"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:92
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
"applications you wish to block."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>阻止自定义程序</guibutton>：启用 ACL 来限制访问指定程序。请插入您"
"希望阻止启动的应用程序路径。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:96
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>不受限的用户列表</guibutton>：右侧列表中的用户将不受 ACL 访问控"
"制。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:9
msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
msgstr "与其它计算机共享网络连接"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakgw.xml:12
msgid "drakgw"
msgstr "drakgw"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakgw.xml:17
msgid "drakgw.png"
msgstr "drakgw.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:25
msgid "Principles"
msgstr "原则"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakgw.xml:29
msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:27
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
"the Internet (2)."
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>当您的计算机 (3) 同时连接到互联"
"网 (2) 和 局域网 (1) 时，可以使用此工具。您可以将计算机 (3) 作为网关，以便为"
"局域网 (1) 中的其他工作站 (5) 和 (6) 提供互联网访问。因此，作为网关的计算机必"
"须有两个网络接口：一个可以是以太网卡，连接到局域网；另一个 (4) 连接到互联网 "
"(2)。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:39
msgid ""
"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
msgstr ""
"第一步是检查互联网连接和访问是否正确，如文档 <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/"
"> 所示。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:45
msgid "Gateway wizard"
msgstr "网关向导"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:48
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> 来"
"启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:47
msgid ""
"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
"which are shown below:"
msgstr ""
"此向导<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>提供了如下所示的配置步骤："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:54
msgid ""
"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
msgstr ""
"如果向导没有检测到两个以上的网卡，将会发出警告并请您终止硬件的网络配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:60
msgid ""
"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
"what is proposed is correct."
msgstr ""
"检查用于互联网的接口。向导将会推荐一个用于互联网连接的接口，但您也应当检查该"
"接口是否合适。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:66
msgid ""
"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
"one, check that this is correct."
msgstr ""
"检测用于局域网的接口。向导将会推荐一个用于局域网连接的接口，请检测它是否合"
"适。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:71
msgid ""
"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
msgstr ""
"向导将会提供局域网连接的推荐参数，如 IP 地址、子网掩码和域名。请检查这些参数"
"是否适合于当前配置。一般情况下，可以直接使用这些参数。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:78
msgid ""
"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
"specify the address of a DNS server."
msgstr ""
"指定计算机是否用作 DNS 服务器。如果是，向导将会检查 <code>bind</code> 是否已"
"安装；否则，您需要手动指定 DNS 服务器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:84
msgid ""
"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
msgstr ""
"指定计算机是否用作 DHCP 服务器。如果是，向导将会检查 <code>dhcp-server</"
"code> 是否已安装，并提示您配置它：您需要手动指定 DHCP 地址池的开始和结束 IP。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:91
msgid ""
"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
msgstr ""
"指定计算机是否用作代理服务器。如果是，向导将会检查 <code>squid</code> 是否已"
"安装，并提示您配置它：您需要手动指定管理员地址（admin@mydomain.com）、代理名"
"称（myfirewall@mydomaincom）、端口号（3128）和缓存大小（100 Mb）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:99
msgid ""
"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
"printers and to share them."
msgstr "最后一步是检查网关服务器是否连接到打印机，以及是否将其共享。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:104
msgid ""
"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
msgstr "如果启用了防火墙，系统将提示您检查防火墙。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:109
msgid "Configure the client"
msgstr "配置客户端"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:111
msgid ""
"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
"using."
msgstr ""
"如果您在网关服务器上启用了 DHCP 服务，您只需要在客户端的网络配置工具中设置“自"
"动获取地址（使用DHCP）”即可，相关参数将在连接到网络时自动获取。此方法对于使用"
"各类操作系统的客户端均适用。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:117
msgid ""
"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
"gateway."
msgstr "如果您设置了“手动指定网络参数”，您必须手动输入网关服务器的 IP 地址。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:123
msgid "Stop connection sharing"
msgstr "停止共享连接"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:125
msgid ""
"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
msgstr ""
"如果您希望停止共享 Mageia 系统中的连接，请启动此工具。它允许您重新配置连接或"
"停止共享连接。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
msgid "Hosts definitions"
msgstr "主机定义"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
msgid "drakhosts"
msgstr "drakhosts"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
msgid "drakhosts.png"
msgstr "drakhosts.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
msgid ""
"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
"instead of the IP-address."
msgstr ""
"如果您的设备有固定 IP，并且为网络上的其他系统提供服务，此工具<placeholder "
"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以为您的设备指定一个网络名称，以便您可以直接用"
"这个名称来访问它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>添加</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
msgid ""
"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
msgstr ""
"您可以用此按钮来为系统添加新的名称。请在弹出的窗口中指定 IP 地址、主机名，以"
"及可选的别名（和主机名用法相同）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>修改</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
msgid ""
"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
"same window."
msgstr "您可以在相同的窗口中查看和修嘎之前定义的参数项。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
msgstr "网口和防火墙高级设置"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
msgid "drakinvictus"
msgstr "drakinvictus"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
msgid "drakinvictus.png"
msgstr "drakinvictus.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
msgid ""
"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
msgstr ""
"由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link ns2:href="
"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支"
"持。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
msgid "Network Center"
msgstr "网络中心"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
msgid "draknetcenter"
msgstr "draknetcenter"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
msgid "draknetcenter.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
"Center\""
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的网络与"
"互联网选项卡中找到，选项名称是“网络中心”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
msgid ""
"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
msgstr ""
"启动该工具后，您可以在窗口中看到此计算机上所有类型（有线、无线、卫星等）的连"
"接。点击任意一项后，将会出现三或四个按钮用于连接/断开连接，或者更改连接配置。"
"此工具无法用于创建网络，如果需要创建网络，请转到 Mageia 控制中心的 <guilabel>"
"设置网络接口（LAN、ISDN、ADSL……）</guilabel>"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
msgid ""
"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
"connected."
msgstr ""
"在下面的截图示例中，您可以看到两个网络连接，第一个是已连接的有线网络，由"
"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>图标标注（未连接的连接由"
"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>标注）；第二个是未连接的无"
"线网络，由<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>（已连接的连接由"
"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>标注）。对于其他类型的网"
"络，绿色表示已连接，红色表示未连接。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
msgid ""
"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
"particular)."
msgstr ""
"在无线连接的窗口中，您还可以看到所有检测到的网络，包括<guilabel>SSID</"
"guilabel>、<guilabel>信号强度</guilabel>、加密方式（红色表示已加密，绿色表示"
"未加密）和<guilabel>工作模式</guilabel>等信息。请选择一个网络，然后点击"
"<guibutton>监视</guibutton>、<guibutton>配置</guibutton>或<guibutton>连接</"
"guibutton>。您可以在不同网络之间切换。若选择了私有网络，将会弹出网络设置窗口"
"（见下），您需要进行一些额外设置（如加密密钥）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
msgstr "点击<guibutton>刷新</guibutton>可以更新窗口内容。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
msgid "The Monitor button"
msgstr "监视按钮"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
msgid ""
"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
msgstr ""
"此按钮用于监视网络活动，包括下载（从外部至本机，以红色表示）和上传（从本机至"
"外部，以绿色表示）。也可以右键单击<guimenu>系统托盘中的互联网图标 -> 监视网络"
"</guimenu>来显示本窗口。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
msgid ""
"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
"gives details about connection status."
msgstr ""
"每个选项卡对应一个网络连接（此处 eth0 是有线网络，lo 是本地环回，wlan0 是无线"
"网络），以及一个用于显示连接详情的连接选项卡。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
msgstr ""
"窗口的底部为<guilabel>流量统计</guilabel>区域，我们在下一章中对此有详细解释。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
msgid "The Configure button"
msgstr "配置按钮"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - 有线网络</emphasis>"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
msgid ""
"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
"configuration may give better results."
msgstr ""
"您可以在创建网络连接时更改各个设置。大多数情况下，可以直接选择<guibutton>自"
"动 IP</guibutton> <guibutton>（BOOTP/DHCP）</guibutton>；如果不管用，您也可以"
"手动配置 IP。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
msgid ""
"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
"available from your providers website."
msgstr ""
"对于家用网络环境，<guilabel>IP 地址</guilabel>的形式一般为192.168.x.x，"
"<guilabel>网络掩码</guilabel>一般为，<guilabel>网关</guilabel>和 "
"<guilabel>DNS 服务器</guilabel>可以从网络运营商的网站上获得。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
"have to reconnect to the network."
msgstr ""
"如果勾选了<guibutton>启用流量统计</guibutton>，将会对每小时、每天或每月的网络"
"流量进行统计。统计结果将在前一章中提到的网络监视器中展示。如果启用该功能，您"
"需要重新连接到网络。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
"</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>允许 Network Manager 管理接口</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - 无线网络</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
msgstr "这里仅对以上没有出现的选项进行解释。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">工作模式</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
msgid ""
"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
msgstr ""
"如果连接到某个接入点，请选择<guilabel>管理</guilabel>，系统将显示检测到的 "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>。如果使用点对点网络，请选择"
"<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>。如果您将网卡用作接入点，请选择<emphasis role="
"\"bold\">Master</emphasis>，该功能需要网卡支持。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">加密模式和密钥</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
msgstr "如果使用私有网络，您需要知道相关配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
msgid ""
"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
"in private networks."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel>使用密码加密，且强度弱于使用密码短语的 WPA。 "
"<guilabel>WPA 预共享密钥</guilabel>模式也被称为 WPA 个人模式 or WPA 家庭模"
"式；<guilabel>WPA 企业</guilabel>模式在私有网络中并不多见。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">允许接入点漫游</emphasis>:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
msgid ""
"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
"point while remaining connected to the network."
msgstr "漫游是一项用于在不同接入点间切换、同时保持网络连接的技术。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
msgstr "高级设置按钮"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
msgid "Manage different network profiles"
msgstr "管理不同的网络配置文件"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
msgid "draknetprofile"
msgstr "draknetprofile"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
msgid "draknetprofile.png"
msgstr "draknetprofile.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:9
msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
msgstr "使用 NFS 共享驱动器和目录"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draknfs.xml:11
msgid "draknfs"
msgstr "draknfs"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknfs.xml:16
msgid "draknfs.png"
msgstr "draknfs.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:24
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr "要求"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:27
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> "
"启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:26
msgid ""
"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
"first time, it may display the following message:"
msgstr ""
"第一次启动此向导<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>时，程序将显示如下信"
"息："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:33
msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
msgstr "需要安装软件包nfs-utils。您确定要安装它吗？"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:37
msgid ""
"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
msgstr "完成安装后，将会出现一个含有空列表的窗口。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:42
msgid "Main window"
msgstr "主窗口"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:44
msgid ""
"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
"configuration tool."
msgstr ""
"此处列出了共享的文件夹。当前的列表为空。点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>按钮可"
"以对其进行配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:50
msgid "Modify entry"
msgstr "修改项"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:52
msgid ""
"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
"available."
msgstr ""
"配置对话框的标题是“修改项”，您也可以点击<guibutton>修改</guibutton>按钮来打开"
"此对话框。可用的参数如下图所示。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknfs.xml:58
msgid "draknfs4.png"
msgstr "draknfs4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:64
msgid "NFS Directory"
msgstr "NFS 目录"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:66
msgid ""
"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
"it."
msgstr ""
"您可以在这里指定要分享的文件夹。点击<guibutton>目录</guibutton>按钮将弹出文件"
"选择对话框。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:72
msgid "Host access"
msgstr "主机访问"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:74
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
"directory."
msgstr "您可以在这里指定允许访问共享文件夹的主机。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:77
msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
msgstr "可以用以下方式指定 NFS 客户端："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:79
msgid ""
"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>单一主机</emphasis>：使用域名解析器能够理解的别名、完整域名或 IP 地"
"址来指定单个主机"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:83
msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
msgstr "<emphasis>网络组</emphasis>：以 @group 的形式指定 NIS 网络组。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:86
msgid ""
"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
"domain cs.foo.edu."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>通配符</emphasis>：机器的名称中可以包含通配符 * 和 ?。例如：*.cs."
"foo.edu 可以匹配以 cs.foo.edu 结尾的所有主机。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:90
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>IP 网络</emphasis>：您也可以向某个 IP 网络（或子网）中的主机开放访"
"问权限。例如，可以在某个网络 IP 后添加“/255.255.252.0”或“/22”，这将匹配由掩码"
"所指定的子网中的所有主机。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:96
msgid "User ID Mapping"
msgstr "用户 ID 映射"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:98
msgid ""
"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
"the server itself."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>将 root 用户映射为匿名用户</emphasis>：将来自 UID/GID 为 0  的请求"
"映射为匿名 UID/GID （root_squash）请求。这样，从客户端登录的 root 用户就无法"
"读写自己在服务器上创建的文件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:103
msgid ""
"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>允许 root 远程真实访问</emphasis>：关闭 root squahsing 功能。此选项"
"可用于无盘客户端（指定了 no_root_squash 参数）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:107
msgid ""
"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
msgstr "no_root_squash"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:113
msgid ""
"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
"the anonymous account."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>将所有用户映射为匿名用户</emphasis>：将所有用户映射为匿名用户。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:118
msgid "Advanced options"
msgstr "高级选项"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:120
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
"is on by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>安全连接</emphasis>：此选项要求请求的源端口的端口号必须小于 "
"IPPORT_RESERVED（1024）。此选项默认开启。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:124
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
"using this option."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>只读共享</emphasis>：指定 NFS 卷为只读模式还是可读写模式。默认情况"
"下使用只读模式，任何请求都无法修改文件系统。您也可以使用此选项来显式指定为只"
"读模式。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:129
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>同步访问</emphasis>：在更改尚未写入到稳定存储设备（如硬盘驱动器）"
"前，阻止 NFS 服务器响应导致数据变更的请求，以便符合 NFS 协议中的规定。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:134
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
"exports(5) man page for more details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>检查子树</emphasis>：启用子树检查，这有助于在某些情况下提高安全性，"
"但会降低可靠性。请参考 exports(5) 的 man 手册页以了解更多细节。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
msgid "Menu entries"
msgstr "菜单项"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:143
msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
msgstr "此时，列表中至少有一项。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknfs.xml:147
msgid "draknfs5.png"
msgstr "draknfs5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
msgid "File|Write conf"
msgstr "文件|写入配置"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:155
msgid "Save the current configuration."
msgstr "保存当前配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:159
msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
msgstr "NFS 服务器|重启"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
msgid ""
"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
msgstr "停止服务器，然后使用当前配置文件重新启动它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:166
msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
msgstr "NFS 服务器|重新加载"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
msgid ""
"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
msgstr "重新载入当前配置文件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
msgid "Proxy"
msgstr "代理服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
msgid "drakproxy"
msgstr "drakproxy"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
msgid "drakproxy.png"
msgstr "drakproxy.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
msgid ""
"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
msgstr ""
"如果您使用代理服务器访问互联网，您可以使用此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote"
"\" id=\"0\"/>来配置连接。您需要从您的网络管理员那里获取所需信息。您也可以指定"
"不经过代理、直接访问互联网的服务。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
msgid ""
"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
"simplify and control their complexity."
msgstr ""
"根据维基百科上有关代理服务器的页面（2012-09-24）：在计算机网络中，代理服务器"
"是为客户端访问其他服务器上的资源提供中介服务的服务器（可以是一台计算机或一个"
"程序）。客户端可以连接到代理服务器，并使用它提供的服务来获取其他服务器上的文"
"件、连接、网页等可用资源。代理服务器将分析客户端的请求，以简化和控制处理过程"
"的复杂程度。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
msgid "Configure Media"
msgstr "配置媒体"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
msgid ""
"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
"below)."
msgstr ""
"安装后的第一步是添加软件源（也叫仓库、媒体或镜像）。也就是说，您需要选择用于"
"安装和更新软件包/应用程序的媒体资源（参见下面对添加按钮的说明）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
msgid ""
"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
"media type CD-Rom)."
msgstr ""
"如果您使用光盘（DVD 或 CD）或 USB 设备来安装或升级 Mageia，系统会默认添加一项"
"使用光盘媒体的软件源。为了避免您在安装新软件包时需要插入光盘，您应当将该软件"
"源（媒体类型为 CD-Rom）禁用。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
msgid ""
"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
msgstr ""
"您的系统可能是 32 位（即 i586）或 64 位（即 x86_64）架构的，但部分软件包与架"
"构无关，它们叫做 noarch 软件包。这些软件包在镜像中不属于独立的文件夹，而同时"
"存在于 i586 和 x86_64 媒体中。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
msgid ""
"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">软件管理</emphasis>选项卡"
"中找到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
msgid "The columns"
msgstr "软件源选择列表"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
msgid "Column Enable:"
msgstr "已启用："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
msgid ""
"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
msgstr ""
"被勾选的媒体将用于安装软件包。在使用“测试”和“调试”类型的媒体时请小心，它们可"
"能会使得系统运行不稳定。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
msgid "Column Update:"
msgstr "用于更新："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
msgid ""
"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"被勾选的媒体将用于更新软件包，必须将它们启用。请只选择名称中包含“Update”的媒"
"体。出于安全考虑，您无法使用此工具修改这一列，而必须以 root 身份打开终端并输"
"入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
msgid "Column medium:"
msgstr "媒体："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
msgid ""
"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
"versions contain at least:"
msgstr "显示媒体名称。Mageia 官方仓库中的最终发行版的软件源至少有三个："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
"available supported by Mageia."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>，包含大多数由 Mageia 支持的程序。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
"which are not free"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis>，包含非自由软件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
"might be patent claims in some countries."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis>，包含在部分国家受专利保护的自由软"
"件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
msgstr "每个媒体中都有四个子类："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
"this version of Mageia was released."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">发行</emphasis>，包含了此版本的 Mageia 发行时所提供的"
"软件包。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">更新</emphasis>，此版本的 Mageia 发行后软件更新，一般"
"包含了安全和漏洞修复。即便您的网络速度可能很慢，也请务必启用该媒体。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">后向移植</emphasis>，包含了从新版 Mageia （Cauldron）"
"移植过来的软件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
"corrections."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">测试</emphasis>，用于临时测试软件更新，使得错误报告者"
"和 QA 团队能确定软件缺陷已被修复。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
msgid "The buttons on the right"
msgstr "右侧按钮"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>移除</guibutton>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
msgid ""
"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
msgstr ""
"要移除一个媒体，请点击它，然后点击移除按钮。我们建议您移除用于安装（例如：CD "
"或 DVD）的媒体，因为它已被包含在 Core 媒体中。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>编辑</guibutton>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
msgid ""
"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
"proxy)."
msgstr "对所选选媒体进行设置（URL、下载器和代理）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>添加</guibutton>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
msgid ""
"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
msgstr ""
"添加网络上可用的官方仓库，这些仓库仅包含安全且经过测试的软件。点击“添加”按钮"
"可以将镜像列表添加到您的配置中，系统会自动选择距离您最近的服务器并用于安装和"
"升级。如果您需要使用某个特定的镜像，请从“文件”下拉菜单中选择“添加特定媒体镜"
"像”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>上下箭头</guibutton>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
msgid ""
"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
msgstr ""
"改变列表顺序。当 Drakrpm 查找软件包时，会根据列表中的顺序依次进行搜索，并选择"
"第一个符合发行编号的软件包进行安装；当版本号不匹配时，将使用最新版本的软件"
"包。因此，如果可能的话，请将最快的软件仓库移动到列表顶部。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
msgid "The menu"
msgstr "菜单"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guibutton>文件 -> 更新</guibutton>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
msgid ""
"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
"将会弹出媒体列表对话框。请选择您希望更新的媒体，然后点击<guibutton>更新</"
"guibutton>按钮。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>文件 -> 添加特定媒体镜像</guimenu>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
msgid ""
"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
msgstr ""
"如果您对当前的镜像不满意，如该镜像太慢或不可用，您可以选择其他镜像。请点击所"
"有当前的媒体，然后点击<guibutton>移除</guibutton>来将它们删除。然后点击"
"<guimenu>文件 -> 添加特定媒体镜像</guimenu>，并选择“仅更新”或“完整集合”（如果"
"您不了解，请选择<guibutton>完整资源集合</guibutton>）并点击<guibutton>是</"
"guibutton>来接受更改。之后将会弹出此窗口："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
msgid ""
"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"您可以在左侧看到一个国家及地区列表，请从中选择距离您最近的地点并点击 > 符号，"
"然后选择可用的镜像。之后，点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>文件 -> 添加自定义媒体</guimenu>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
msgid ""
"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
msgstr ""
"您也可以添加一个不被 Mageia 支持的媒体（如第三方媒体）。将会弹出一个新窗口："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
"according to the medium type)"
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>请选择媒体类型，然后设置媒体名称"
"（可以为任意内容）以及 URL（或路径）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>选项 -> 全局选项</guimenu>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
msgid ""
"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
"default-, update only, always or never)."
msgstr ""
"此选项允许您选择何时“检验要安装的 RPM”（一直或从不）、下载器（curl、wget 或 "
"aria2）和用于软件包信息的下载策略（按需（默认）、仅升级、一直或从不）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>选项 -> 管理密钥</guimenu>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
msgid ""
"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
msgstr ""
"为了确保高度的安全，系统使用数字密钥来认证媒体。您可以对每个媒体启用或禁用密"
"钥。在弹出的窗口中，您可以选择一个媒体，然后点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>来"
"启用一个新密钥；或选择一个密钥，然后点击<guibutton>移除</guibutton>来禁用该密"
"钥。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
msgstr "请小心操作，因为它涉及到系统安全问题"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>选项 -> 代理</guimenu>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
msgid ""
"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"如果您需要使用代理服务器来访问互联网，您可以在这里进行配置。您只需要设置"
"<guibutton>代理主机名</guibutton>；如果需要的话，也可以设置<guilabel>用户名</"
"guilabel>和<guilabel>密码</guilabel>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
msgid ""
"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
"link>."
msgstr ""
"有关配置媒体的更多信息，请见<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
"Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</link>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
msgstr "使用 Samba 共享驱动器和目录"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
msgid "draksambashare"
msgstr "draksambashare"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
msgid "draksambashare.png"
msgstr "draksambashare.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
msgid ""
"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
"resources of the Samba server."
msgstr ""
"Samba 是用于在不同操作系统间共享目录或打印机等资源的协议。此工具允许您将计算"
"机配置为使用 SMB/CIFS 协议的 Samba 服务器。此协议也被用于 Windows(R)，因此装"
"有 Windows(R) 的工作站可以访问 Samba 服务器上的资源。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "准备工作"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
msgid ""
"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
"server."
msgstr ""
"为了其他工作站能够访问，此服务器必须有固定 IP。您可以直接在服务器上指定它，如"
"使用 <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>，或者在 DHCP 服务器上为该 MAC 地址"
"分配相同的地址。您也需要让防火墙允许连接到 Samba 服务器的传入请求。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
msgstr "向导 - 独立服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
msgid ""
"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
msgstr ""
"第一次运行时，此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>将检查是否已安装"
"所需的软件包，如果没有安装则会提示安装。之后，向导会启动。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
msgid "draksambashare0.png"
msgstr "draksambashare0.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
msgid ""
"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
"selected."
msgstr "在下一个窗口中，已经选中了独立服务器的配置选项。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
msgid "draksambashare1.png"
msgstr "draksambashare1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
msgid ""
"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
"access to the shared resources."
msgstr ""
"请指定工作组的名称。之后，您需要在客户端上填写相同的名称才能访问共享资源。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
msgid ""
"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
"the network."
msgstr "netbios 是用于指定网络上的服务器的名称。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
msgid "draksambashare2.png"
msgstr "draksambashare2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
msgid "Choose the security mode:"
msgstr "选择安全模式："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
msgid ""
"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
"resource"
msgstr "<guilabel>用户</guilabel>：客户端必须经过授权才能访问资源"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
msgid ""
"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
"each share"
msgstr "<guilabel>共享</guilabel>：客户端访问各个共享内容时必须分别进行验证"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
msgid ""
"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
"address or host name."
msgstr "您可以通过 IP 地址和主机名来指定哪些主机能访问哪些资源。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
msgid "draksambashare3.png"
msgstr "draksambashare3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
msgid ""
"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
"described in the Windows workstations."
msgstr "设置服务器标语。此标语将作为对该服务器的描述 Windows 工作站上。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
msgid "draksambashare4.png"
msgstr "draksambashare4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
msgid ""
"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
msgstr "下一步中可以指定 Samba 记录日志的位置。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
msgid "draksambashare5.png"
msgstr "draksambashare5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
msgid ""
"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
msgstr ""
"在您接受配置前，向导将显示已选择的参数列表。接受配置后，向导会将其写入到 "
"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
msgid "draksambashare6.png"
msgstr "draksambashare6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
msgstr "向导 - 主域控制器"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
msgid "draksambashare13.png"
msgstr "draksambashare13.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
"security mode:"
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>如果选择了“主域控制器”选项，向导"
"将会询问是否需要支持 Windows，并要求提供管理员用户的名称。之后的配置与独立服"
"务器配置相同，此外您还可以选择安全的模式有："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
msgid ""
"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>域</guilabel>：提供将所有用户和组账户储存于共享的中心账户仓库的机"
"制。此中心账户仓库可被不同（安全）控制器所共享。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
msgid "Declare a directory to share"
msgstr "设置共享目录"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
msgstr "点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>按钮后，将显示："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
msgid "draksambashare15.png"
msgstr "draksambashare15.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
msgid ""
"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
"modified."
msgstr ""
"这样便添加了一个新的项目。您可以使用<guibutton>修改</guibutton>按钮来修改它。"
"可以修改的选项有：目录对公众是否可见，是否可写或可浏览；不可修改的选项是共享"
"名称。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
msgid "draksambashare16.png"
msgstr "draksambashare16.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
msgstr "当列表中至少有一项时，您可以使用菜单项来编辑它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
msgstr "将当前配置保存到 <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
msgid "Samba server|Configure"
msgstr "Samba 服务器|配置"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
msgstr "您可以使用此命令再次启动向导。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
msgid "Samba server|Restart"
msgstr "Samba 服务器|重新启动"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
msgstr "Samba 服务器|重新加载"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
msgid "Printers share"
msgstr "打印机共享"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
msgstr "Samba 允许您共享打印机。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
msgid "draksambashare17.png"
msgstr "draksambashare17.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
msgid "Samba users"
msgstr "Samba 用户"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
msgid "draksambashare18.png"
msgstr "draksambashare18.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
msgid ""
"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"在这一选项卡中，您可以添加允许访问共享文件夹的用户（访问前需要验证身份）。您"
"可以从 <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
"\"0\"/> 添加用户。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksec.xml:3
msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
msgstr "配置 Mageia 工具授权"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksec.xml:6
msgid "draksec"
msgstr "draksec"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksec.xml:11
msgid "draksec0.png"
msgstr "draksec0.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> "
"启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">安全</emphasis>选项卡中找"
"到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:19
msgid ""
"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
"usually done by the administrator."
msgstr "它可以将所需权限赋予普通用户，以便完成通常由管理员完成的任务。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:22
msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
msgstr "点击项目前的箭头符号来显示下拉列表："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksec.xml:27
msgid "draksec.png"
msgstr "draksec.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:31
msgid ""
"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
msgstr ""
"Mageia 控制中心里的大部分工具都显示在窗口的左侧（见上述截图），并且每个工具都"
"在右侧的下拉列表中有对应选项："

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:37
msgid ""
"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
msgstr ""
"默认：根据所选安全等级来决定启动模式。参见此选项卡中的“配置系统安全、权限和审"
"计”工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:43
msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
msgstr "用户密码：启动工具前，需要输入用户密码。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:48
msgid ""
"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
msgstr "用户密码：启动工具前，需要输入 root 密码。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:53
msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
msgstr "无密码：启动工具前不需要输入密码。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "快照"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
msgid "draksnapshot-config"
msgstr "draksnapshot-config"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-"
"config</emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
"guilabel> section."
msgstr ""
"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">系统</emphasis>选项卡中的"
"<guilabel>管理工具</guilabel>一栏找到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
"\"0\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
msgid ""
"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
msgstr ""
"当您首次从 Mageia 控制中心启动该工具时，您将会收到安装 draksnapshot 的提示，"
"请点击<guibutton>安装</guibutton>以继续。系统将安装 Draksnapshot 及其他所需软"
"件包。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
msgid ""
"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
"whole system</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"请再次点击<guilabel>快照</guilabel>，您将会看到<guilabel>设置</guilabel>窗"
"口。如果需要启用快照功能，请勾选<guilabel>启用备份</guilabel>；如果要备份整个"
"系统，请勾选<guilabel>备份整个系统</guilabel>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
msgid ""
"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
msgstr ""
"如果您只希望备份目录中的部分内容，请选择<guilabel>高级</guilabel>。在弹出的窗"
"口中，点击<guilabel>备份列表</guilabel>一旁的<guibutton>添加</guibutton>或"
"<guibutton>移除</guibutton>按钮来选择需要进行备份的目录和文件。也可以点击"
"<guilabel>排除</guilabel>列表一旁的添加和移除按钮来选择备份时需要<emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">排除</emphasis>的文件和子目录。完成之后，点击<guibutton>关闭</"
"guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
msgid ""
"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"然后，设置<guilabel>备份至何处</guilabel>，或者点击<guibutton>浏览</"
"guibutton>按钮来选择正确的路径。您可以在<emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/用"
"户名/</emphasis>目录下找到已挂载的 U 盘或外接硬盘。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
msgstr "点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>来创建快照。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksound.xml:3
msgid "Sound Configuration"
msgstr "声音配置"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksound.xml:4
msgid "draksound"
msgstr "draksound"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksound.xml:8
msgid "draksound.png"
msgstr "draksound.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:11
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">硬件</emphasis>选项卡中找"
"到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:13
msgid ""
"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
"change the sound card."
msgstr ""
"Draksound 可以管理声音配置、PulseAudio 配置和进行错误排查。如果您遇到了音频问"
"题或更换了声卡，它或许可以帮到您。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:16
msgid ""
"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel>是声音服务器。它接受所有音频输入并根据用户界面"
"进行混成，然后输出最终音效。参见<guimenu>菜单 -> 音频和视频 -> PulseAudio 音"
"量控制</guimenu>以配置 PulseAudio。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:20
msgid ""
"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
"enabled."
msgstr "PulseAudio 是默认的声音服务器，我们建议您启用它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:22
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel>用于改善 PulseAudio 对部分程序的支持。我们建"
"议您启用它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:24
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
"before asking the community for help."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>错误排查</guibutton>按钮用于修复可能出现的错误。在向社区寻求帮助"
"前，您可以尝试使用这一功能。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:27
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
"obvious button."
msgstr "<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮用于打开新的设置窗口。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksound.xml:30
msgid "draksound1.png"
msgstr "draksound1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakups.xml:3
msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
msgstr "设置监视电源的 UPS"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakups.xml:3
msgid "drakups"
msgstr "drakups"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakups.xml:8
msgid "drakups.png"
msgstr "drakups.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakups.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> "
"启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
msgstr "配置到安全网络的 VPN 连接"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
msgid "drakvpn"
msgstr "drakvpn"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
msgid "drakvpn1.png"
msgstr "drakvpn1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您配置到远端网络的安全连"
"接，该连接将在本地工作站和远端网络间建立隧道。此处只讨论本地工作站的配置方"
"法。远端网络必须已经过配置，并且您需要从网络管理员那里得到有关的连接信息，"
"如 .pcf 配置文件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "配置"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
msgid ""
"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
msgstr "首先，根据您的 VPN 协议选择 Cisco VPN 集中器或 OpenVPN。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
msgid "Then give your connection a name."
msgstr "设置连接名称。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
msgstr "在下一步中，设置 VPN 连接的详细参数。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
msgid "For Cisco VPN"
msgstr "关于 Cisco VPN"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
msgid "drakvpn3.png"
msgstr "drakvpn3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
msgid ""
"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
"first time the tool is used."
msgstr "关于 openvpn：第一次使用该工具时，将会安装 openvpn 软件包及其依赖。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
msgid "drakvpn7.png"
msgstr "drakvpn7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
"received from the network administrator."
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>选择您从网络管理员那里得到的配置"
"文件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
msgid "Advanced parameters:"
msgstr "高级参数："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
msgid "drakvpn8.png"
msgstr "drakvpn8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
msgstr "下一步中，您需要设置网关 IP 地址。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
msgid ""
"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
"connection."
msgstr "参数设置完毕后，您可以选择启用 VPN 连接。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
msgid ""
"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
"to this VPN."
msgstr ""
"您可以让此 VPN 连接在有网络连接时自动启用：只需勾选“总是连接到此 VPN”即可。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
msgid "Configure webserver"
msgstr "配置网络服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard apache2"
msgstr "drakwizard apache2"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
"web server."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您设置网络服务器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
msgid "What is a web server?"
msgstr "什么是服务器？"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
msgid ""
"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr "网络服务器是用于在互联网上发布网络内容的软件（摘自 Wikipedia）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
msgstr "使用 drakwizard apache2 架设网络服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
msgstr "欢迎来到网络服务器向导。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
msgid ""
"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr "第一个窗口为说明窗口，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
msgstr "选择服务器范围：本地网络和/或全球网络"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
msgid ""
"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
"things."
msgstr "允许服务器接受互联网连接有一定风险。请三思而后行。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
msgid "Server User Module"
msgstr "服务器用户模块"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
msgstr "允许用户创建自己的站点。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
msgid "User web directory name"
msgstr "用户的网络目录名"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
msgid ""
"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
"display it."
msgstr "用户需要创建此目录，并在其中放置文件，之后服务器将会显示它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
msgid "Server Document Root"
msgstr "服务器的文档根目录（Document Root）"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
msgstr "配置网络服务器的默认文档目录。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "小结"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
msgid ""
"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr "请再次检查这些选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "完成"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
msgstr "一切就绪！请点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
msgid "Configure DNS"
msgstr "配置 DNS"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard bind"
msgstr "drakwizard bind"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
msgid "Configure DHCP"
msgstr "配置 DHCP"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
"interfaces"
msgstr "由于使用了新的网络接口命名规则，此工具在 Mageia 4 中无法使用"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
"be installed before you can access to it."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您架设一个 DHCP 服务"
"器。它是 drakwizard 的一部分，因此您必须安装 drakwizard 后才能使用它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
msgid "What is DHCP?"
msgstr "什么是 DHCP？"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
msgid ""
"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""
"动态主机配置协议（<acronym>DHCP</acronym>）是 IP 网络使用的标准网络协议，它可"
"以动态配置 IP 地址及其他用于互联网通讯的信息（摘自 Wikipedia）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
msgstr "使用 drakwizard dhcp 架设 DHCP 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
msgstr "欢迎来到 DHCP 服务器向导。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
msgstr "选择适配器"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
msgid ""
"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"选择连接到子网、并且使用 DHCP 进行 IP 分配的网络接口，然后点击<guibutton>下一"
"步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
msgid "Select IP range"
msgstr "选择 IP 范围"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
msgid ""
"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"根据您希望服务器分配的 IP 范围，选择起始和结束 IP 地址，并指定连接到本地网络"
"的网关（可能与互联网相连）的 IP，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
msgid "Hold on..."
msgstr "请稍后……"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
msgid ""
"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
"change things around."
msgstr ""
"您可以将其修复。请点击<guibutton>上一步</guibutton>数次，然后改变设置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
msgid "Hours later..."
msgstr "几小时后……"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
msgid "What is done"
msgstr "已完成的内容"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
msgstr "如果需要，安装dhcp-server 软件包"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
msgid ""
"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
msgstr ""
"备份 <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> 至 <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>；"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
msgid ""
"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
"parameters:"
msgstr ""
"根据 <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> "
"创建新的 <code>dhcpd.conf</code>，然后添加新的参数："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
msgid "<code>hname</code>"
msgstr "<code>hname</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
msgid "<code>dns</code>"
msgstr "<code>dns</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
msgid "net"
msgstr "net"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
msgid "ip"
msgstr "ip"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
msgid "<code>mask</code>"
msgstr "<code>mask</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
msgid "<code>dname</code>"
msgstr "<code>dname</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
msgid ""
"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
"code>"
msgstr "同时更改 Webmin 配置文件 <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
msgstr "重启 <code>dhcpd</code>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
msgid "Configure time"
msgstr "配置时间"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
msgid "drakwizard ntp"
msgstr "drakwizard ntp"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
"packages."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>用于将您的服务器时间与外部服务"
"器同步。默认情况下未安装此软件，您需要手动安装 drakwizard 和 drakwizard-base "
"软件包。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
msgstr "使用 drakwizard ntp 配置 NTP 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
msgid ""
"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
"because this server always points to available time servers."
msgstr ""
"在欢迎界面（见上）之后，您需要从下拉列表中选择三个时间服务器，并且建议您将其"
"中的两个设为 pool.ntp.org，因为该域名通常指向多个可用的时间服务器。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
msgid ""
"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
msgstr ""
"下一步中，您可以选择地区和城市，然后您可以看到现有配置的概要。如果需要修改配"
"置，请点击<guibutton>上一步</guibutton>来返回到之前的界面。如果您确认配置无"
"误，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>来进行测试。这可能需要花费一点时间，之"
"后会显示如下窗口："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
msgstr "点击 <guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮来关闭程序"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
msgstr "此工具将执行下列操作："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
msgstr "根据需要，安装 ntp 软件包"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
msgid ""
"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
msgstr ""
"备份文件 <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> 至 <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock."
"orig</code>、<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> 至 <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
"tickers.orig</code>；"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
msgid ""
"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
"servers;"
msgstr "将服务器列表写入到新文件 <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>；"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
msgid ""
"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
"name;"
msgstr "将第一个服务器名添加到文件 <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>；"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
msgid ""
"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
"code> services;"
msgstr "重启 <code>crond</code>、<code>atd</code> 和 <code>ntpd</code> 服务；"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
msgid ""
"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
msgstr "将硬件时钟设为 UTC 模式下当前的系统时间。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
msgid "Configure FTP"
msgstr "配置 FTP"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您架设一个 "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> 服务器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
msgstr "什么是 <acronym>FTP</acronym>？"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
msgid ""
"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""
"文件传输协议（<acronym>FTP</acronym>）是用于在主机间传输文件的标准网络协议，"
"可以用在基于<acronym>TCP</acronym> 的网络（如互联网）上（摘自 Wikipedia）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
msgstr "使用 drakwizard proftpd 架设 FTP 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
msgstr "欢迎使用 FTP 向导。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
msgid ""
"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
"things."
msgstr "允许 FTP 服务器接受互联网连接有一定风险。请三思而后行。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
msgid "Server Information"
msgstr "服务器信息"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
msgid ""
"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
msgstr "输入此服务器的名称、用于反馈问题的邮件地址，并设置是否允许 root 登录。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
msgid "Server Options"
msgstr "服务器选项"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
msgid ""
"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
"(File eXchange Protocol)"
msgstr ""
"设置监听端口、主目录被锁定的用户、是否允许断点续传和 <acronym>FXP</"
"acronym>（文件交换协议）"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
msgid "Configure proxy"
msgstr "配置代理服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
msgid "drakwizard squid"
msgstr "drakwizard squid"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
"before you can access to it."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您架设一个代理服务器。"
"它是 drakwizard 的一部分，因此您必须安装 drakwizard 后才能使用它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
msgid "What is a proxy server?"
msgstr "什么是代理服务器？"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
msgid ""
"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""
"代理服务器是为客户端访问其他服务器上的资源提供中介服务的服务器（可以是一台计"
"算机或一个程序）。客户端可以连接到代理服务器，并使用它提供的服务来获取其他服"
"务器上的文件、连接、网页等可用资源。代理服务器将分析客户端的请求，以简化和控"
"制处理过程的复杂程度（摘自 Wikipedia）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
msgstr "使用 drakwizard squid 架设网络服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
msgstr "欢迎来到代理服务器向导。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
msgstr "设置代理端口"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
msgid ""
"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"设置用于接受浏览器连接的端口号，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
msgstr "设置内存和磁盘限额"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
msgid ""
"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr "设置内存和磁盘缓存的使用上限，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
msgid "Select Network Access Control"
msgstr "选择网络访问控制"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
msgid ""
"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"设置服务器对本地网络或整个互联网可见，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
msgid "Grant Network Access"
msgstr "授予网络访问权限"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr "设置本地网络访问权限，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
msgstr "是否使用上级代理服务器？"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
msgstr "是否连接到其他的代理服务器？如果不是，请跳过这一步。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
msgstr "上级代理 URL 和端口"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
msgid ""
"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"请输入上级代理服务器的主机名和端口，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
msgid "Start during boot?"
msgstr "在系统启动时自动开启吗？"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
msgid ""
"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"设置是否在系统启动时自动开启代理服务器，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</"
"guibutton>。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
msgstr "安装所需软件包 squid；"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
msgid ""
"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
"orig;</code>"
msgstr ""
"备份 <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> 至 <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</"
"code>；"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
msgid ""
"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
msgstr ""
"根据 <code>squid.conf.default</code> 创建新的 <code>squid.conf</code>，然后添"
"加新参数："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
msgid "cache_mem"
msgstr "cache_mem"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
msgid "http_port"
msgstr "http_port"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
msgid ""
"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
msgstr ""
"<code>level</code> 1、2 或 3，以及根据该等级设置 <code>http_access</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
msgstr "重启<code>squid</code>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
msgstr "OpenSSH 守护程序配置"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard sshd"
msgstr "drakwizard sshd"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您架设一个 "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> 服务器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
msgstr "什么是 <acronym>SSH</acronym>？"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
msgid ""
"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""
"安全 Shell（SSH）是用于安全传输数据、远程命令行登录、远程执行命令和安全处理其"
"他计算机间的网络服务的加密网络协议，它通过在不安全的网络上的服务器和客户端"
"（需要分别运行 SSH 服务器和 <acronym>SSH</acronym> 客户端程序）之间建立一个安"
"全的通道来实现安全通讯功能（摘自 Wikipedia）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
msgstr "使用 drakwizard sshd 建立 <acronym>SSH</acronym> 守护进程"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
msgstr "欢迎来到 Open SSH 服务器向导。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
msgstr "选择配置类型"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
msgid ""
"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"如果要显示所有选项，请点击 <guilabel>专家模式</guilabel>，否则请点击"
"<guilabel>新手模式</guilabel>来跳过第 3～7步，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</"
"guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
msgid "General Options"
msgstr "常规选项"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
msgid ""
"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
msgstr ""
"设置服务器可见性和 root 登录选项。22 是标准的 <acronym>SSH</acronym> 端口号。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
msgid "Authentication Methods"
msgstr "认证方式"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
msgid ""
"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"选择用户在连接时可以用于认证的方式，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "日志"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
msgid ""
"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr "选择日志工具和日志输出级别，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
msgid "Login Options"
msgstr "登录选项"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr "配置用于单次登录的设置，然后点击<guibutton>Next</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
msgid "User Login Options"
msgstr "用户登录选项"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
msgid ""
"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr "配置用户访问设置，然后点击<guibutton>Next</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
msgstr "压缩和转发"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
msgid ""
"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"配置 X11 转发和传输时压缩的功能，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
msgstr "启用或禁用系统服务"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
msgid "drakxservices"
msgstr "drakxservices"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
msgid "drakxservices.png"
msgstr "drakxservices.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
msgid "Hardware configuration"
msgstr "硬件配置"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
msgid "harddrake2"
msgstr "harddrake2"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
msgid "harddrake2.png"
msgstr "harddrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
"lst</code> package."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>用于展示计算机的硬件概括。当工"
"具启动时，将执行 <code>ldetect </code> 命令，并结合 <code>ldetect-lst</code> "
"软件包中的硬件列表来获取硬件的信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
msgid "The window"
msgstr "窗口"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
msgstr "窗口中有两列内容。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
msgid ""
"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
msgstr ""
"左侧列表包含了检测到的硬件，按类别分组显示。点击 &gt; 可以展开某个类别下的内"
"容。可以选中各个设备来查看详细信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
msgid ""
"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
"about the content of the fields."
msgstr ""
"右侧列表包含了所选设备的信息。<guimenu>帮助 -&gt; 字段描述</guimenu> 中提供了"
"列表中相关属性的说明。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
msgid ""
"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
"available at the bottom of the right column:"
msgstr "根据所选设备的类型，右侧列表底部会出现一个或两个按钮。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
"used by experts only."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>设置当前驱动选项</guibutton>：可用于设定此设备所使用的模块的参数。"
"如果您对此不了解，请勿修改它们。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>运行配置工具</guibutton>：运行用于配置设备的工具。此工具通常也可直"
"接从 Mageia 控制中心启动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
msgid ""
"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
"enable automatic detection:"
msgstr "在<guimenu>选项</guimenu>菜单中，您可以设置是否允许自动检测硬件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
msgid "modem"
msgstr "调制解调器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
msgid "Jaz devices"
msgstr "Jaz 硬盘"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
msgid "Zip parallel devices"
msgstr "并行极碟"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
msgid ""
"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
"be operational the next time this tool is started."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，程序不会检测这些设备，因为检测过程需要花费很长时间。如果您连接了"
"这些设备，则可以勾选相应的复选框。下一次启动该工具时，将会自动检测这些设备。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "设置键盘布局"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
msgid "keyboarddrake"
msgstr "keyboarddrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</"
"emphasis> 启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
msgid ""
"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
msgstr ""
"keyboarddrake 工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您配置用"
"于 Mageia 的基本键盘布局。该配置将影响系统中所有用户的键盘布局。您可以在 "
"Mageia 控制中心（MCC）的硬件选项卡中找到它，配置名称是“配置鼠标和键盘”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "键盘布局"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
"layout should be used for."
msgstr ""
"您可以在这里选择希望使用的键盘布局。布局的名称（按字母顺序排列）描述了适用的"
"语言、国家/地区和变种。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
msgid "Keyboard Type"
msgstr "键盘类型"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
msgid ""
"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
msgstr "此菜单可用于选择键盘类型。如果您不确定如何选择，最好保持默认设置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/localedrake.xml:10
msgid "Manage localization for your system"
msgstr "系统本地化管理"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/localedrake.xml:13
msgid "localedrake"
msgstr "localedrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/localedrake.xml:18
msgid "localedrake.png"
msgstr "localedrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
"installation."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心（MCC）"
"的系统选项卡中找到，选项名称是“管理系统本地化”。您可以使用此工具来选择系统语"
"言，也可以在安装时选择系统语言。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
msgstr "<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮用于启用对旧式编码（非 UTF8）的兼容。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:34
msgid ""
"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
"countries not listed."
msgstr ""
"第二个窗口中列出了使用所选语言的国家和地区。<guibutton>其他国家</guibutton>按"
"钮可用于选择其他不在列表中的国家。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:38
msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
msgstr "在修改后，您需要注销后重新登录来使更改生效。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/localedrake.xml:42
msgid "Input method"
msgstr "输入法"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:44
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
"Korean, etc)."
msgstr ""
"在<guilabel>其他国家</guilabel>窗口中，您也可以从列表底部的下拉菜单中选择输入"
"法。输入法用于输入多语言字符（中文、日文、韩文等）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:48
msgid ""
"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
"users should not need to configure it manually."
msgstr "对于亚洲和非洲区域，默认使用 IBus 作为输入法，用户无需进行手动配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:50
msgid ""
"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
msgstr ""
"其他输入法（SCIM、GCIN、HIME 等）也可以提供相似功能，如果下拉列表中没有列出，"
"您也可以使用 Mageia 控制中心的另一个工具来安装它们。参见 <xref linkend="
"\"rpmdrake\"></xref>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/logdrake.xml:3
msgid "View and search system logs"
msgstr "查看并搜索系统日志"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/logdrake.xml:5
msgid "logdrake"
msgstr "logdrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/logdrake.xml:10
msgid "logdrake.png"
msgstr "logdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> 启"
"动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
"guilabel>\"."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的系统选"
"项卡中找到，选项名称是“<guilabel>查看和搜索系统日志</guilabel>”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/logdrake.xml:22
msgid "To do a search in the logs"
msgstr "搜索日志内容"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
msgstr ""
"首先，请在<emphasis role=\"bold\">匹配</emphasis>字段中输入要查找的关键字，在"
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">但不匹配</emphasis>字段中输入不希望包含的关键字。然后"
"在<guilabel>选择文件</guilabel>字段中选择要搜索的文件。此外，也可以将搜索范围"
"限制在最近一段时间以内的日志：请在<emphasis role=\"bold\">日历</emphasis>中使"
"用小箭头切换年月、选择相应的日期，然后点击“<guibutton>仅显示所选日期</"
"guibutton>”。最后，点击<guibutton>搜索</guibutton>按钮，在<guilabel>文件内容"
"</guilabel>窗口中会显示匹配的结果。您可以将搜索结果以 .txt 格式保存：只需点击"
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">保存</emphasis>按钮即可。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:36
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
"updated each time a configuration is modified."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Mageia 工具日志</guibutton>中可以查看 Mageia 配置工具的日志，如 "
"Mageia 控制中心的操作记录。每当您修改了配置，系统会自动更新这些日志。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/logdrake.xml:43
msgid "To configure a mail alert"
msgstr "配置邮件警告"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:45
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
"address."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>邮件警告</guibutton>会每小时自动检查系统负载和服务状态，如果需要的"
"话还会发送电子邮件至预先设定的地址。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:49
msgid ""
"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
"(See screenshot above)."
msgstr ""
"若要配置此工具，请点击<emphasis role=\"bold\">邮件警告</emphasis>按钮，然后在"
"下一个窗口中点击<guibutton>配置邮件警告系统</guibutton>下拉按钮。在这里，您可"
"以选择希望监视的系统服务（见上述截图）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:55
msgid "The following services can be watched :"
msgstr "可以监视下列服务："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:59
msgid "Webmin Service"
msgstr "Webmin 服务"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:63
msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
msgstr "Postfix 邮件服务"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:67
msgid "FTP Server"
msgstr "FTP 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:71
msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
msgstr "Apache WWW 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:75
msgid "SSH Server"
msgstr "SSH 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:79
msgid "Samba Server"
msgstr "Samba 服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:83
msgid "Xinetd Service"
msgstr "Xinetd 服务"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:87
msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
msgstr "BIND 域名解析"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/logdrake.xml:91
msgid "logdrake1.png"
msgstr "logdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:97
msgid ""
"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
"to 3 times the number of processors."
msgstr ""
"在下一个窗口中，选择您认为异常的<guilabel>负载</guilabel>值。负载值表示某个进"
"程对系统资源的需求，负载高会导致系统运行缓慢，而过高的负载往往是进程运行失控"
"的表现。默认的异常负载值是 3。我们建议您将此值设置为 3 × 处理器个数。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:103
msgid ""
"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
"or on the Internet)."
msgstr ""
"在最后一个窗口中，输入您希望将监控警报发送到哪个<guilabel>电子邮件地址</"
"guilabel>，并指定使用的<guilabel>邮件服务器</guilabel>（位于本地或互联网"
"上）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
msgstr "显示可用的 NFS 和 SMB 共享"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
msgid "lsnetdrake"
msgstr "lsnetdrake"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
"used on the command line."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>只能从命令行启动和使用。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
"advance."
msgstr ""
"由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link ns2:href="
"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团度</link>。感谢您的支"
"持。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
msgstr "显示您的 PCI、USB 和 PCMCIA 设备信息"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
msgid "lspcidrake"
msgstr "lspcidrake"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> "
"来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
"root."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>只能从命令行启动和使用。如果"
"以 root 用户执行，它将显示更多可用的信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
"packages to work."
msgstr ""
"lspcidrake 列出了所有连接到计算机的设备（USB、PCI 和 PCMCIA）及其使用的驱动。"
"需要安装 lspcidrake 和 lspcidrake-lst 软件包来使用此工具。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
msgstr "若使用 -v 选项启动，lspcidrake 将会显示供应商和设备标识符。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
msgstr ""
"lspcidrake 通常会显示很长的内容，因此若要查找特定的内容，您可以使用管道将其重"
"定向到 grep 命令，如下例所示："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
msgstr "有关显卡的信息；"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
msgid "Information about the network"
msgstr "有关网络的信息"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
msgstr "-i 选项可以忽略大小写。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
msgid ""
"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
msgstr ""
"在如下截图中，您可以看到 -v 选项在 lspcidrake 中的应用，以及 -i 选项在 grep "
"中的应用。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
msgid ""
"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
msgstr ""
"除此之外，还有一个名为 <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> 的工具可"
"以显示硬件信息（须以 root 用户执行）"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
msgid "Software Packages Update"
msgstr "软件包更新"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
msgstr "MageiaUpdate 或 drakrpm-update"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
"emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</"
"emphasis> 或 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">软件管理</emphasis>选项卡"
"中找到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
msgid ""
"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
"prompted to do so."
msgstr ""
"若要使用 MageiaUpdate，您需要将仓库配置为 drakrpm-editmedia 并将部分媒体选定"
"为更新媒体。如果您尚未进行设置，程序会提示您进行设置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
msgid ""
"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
msgstr ""
"启动该工具后，它将会扫描已安装的软件包，并列出仓库中可以更新的软件包。默认情"
"况下，会自动选择所有可更新的软件包以便自动下载和安装。请点击<guibutton>更新</"
"guibutton>按钮进行更新。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
msgid ""
"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
"means you can click to drop down a text."
msgstr ""
"点击某个软件包后，您可以在窗口底部看到更多的信息。标题前的<emphasis role="
"\"bold\"> ></emphasis> 表示您可以点击它来展开更多内容。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
msgid ""
"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
msgstr ""
"当有可用的更新时，系统托盘中将会通过红色的图标<placeholder type="
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>来提示您。只需点击它并输入用户密码就可以更新"
"系统。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
msgid "Boot"
msgstr "引导"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
msgid "mcc-boot.png"
msgstr "mcc-boot.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于配置引导步骤的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更"
"多信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
msgid "Configure boot steps"
msgstr "配置启动步骤"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
msgid "Mageia Control Center"
msgstr "Mageia 控制中心"

#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
msgstr "用于配置 Mageia 系统的工具"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
msgid "mageia-2013.png"
msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"

#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
msgid ""
"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
msgstr ""
"此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link ns6:href=\"http://"
"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/"
"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。"

#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
msgid ""
"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
msgstr ""
"此手册由 <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link "
"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。"

#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
msgid ""
"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
msgstr ""
"内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki."
"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团队</link>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr "硬件"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于配置硬件的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信"
"息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
msgid "Manage your hardware"
msgstr "管理硬件"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = 浏览和配置硬件</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
msgid "Configure graphics"
msgstr "配置图形"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = 配置 3D 桌面特效</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
msgstr "配置鼠标和键盘"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
msgstr "配置打印和扫描"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = 设置打印机、打印任务队"
"列…….</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
msgid "Others"
msgstr "其它"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
msgstr "关于 Mageia 控制中心的手册"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
msgid ""
"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
"selected in the big right panel."
msgstr ""
"Mageia 控制中心（MCC）的左侧有 8 个不同的选项卡；若您安装了 drakwizard 软件"
"包，则会有 10 个选项卡。每个选项卡中对应右侧窗格中的一系列可用工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
msgid ""
"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
msgstr "后续的十个章节中将介绍这十个选项卡及相关工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
msgid ""
"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
"any of the MCC tabs."
msgstr "最后一章中介绍了其他无法通过 MCC 选项卡启动的 Mageia 工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
msgid ""
"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
"screens."
msgstr "页面的标题通常与这些工具的窗口标题一致。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
msgid ""
"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
msgstr "您可以点击窗口左侧的“搜索”选项卡来搜索特定的工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
msgid "Local disks"
msgstr "本地磁盘"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于管理或共享本地磁盘的工具。点击下面的链接来了"
"解更多信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
msgid "Network Services"
msgstr "网络服务"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
msgid ""
"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
msgstr ""
"仅当安装了 <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> 软件包，才会显示此窗口和<emphasis>"
"共享</emphasis>窗口。您可以选择各种用于设置服务器的工具。点击下面的链接或"
"<xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>来了解更多信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
msgid "Network Sharing"
msgstr "网络共享"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于共享驱动器和目录的工具。请点击下面的链接来了"
"解更多。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
msgstr "配置 Windows(R) 共享"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = 使用 Windows（SMB）共享"
"驱动器和目录</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
msgid "Configure NFS shares"
msgstr "配置 NFS 共享"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
msgstr "配置 WebDAV 共享"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
msgid "Network and Internet"
msgstr "网络和互联网"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
msgid "mcc-network.png"
msgstr "mcc-network.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
"below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于配置网络的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信"
"息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
msgid "Manage your network devices"
msgstr "管理网络设备"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
msgstr "个性化与网络安全"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
msgid "Security"
msgstr "安全"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
msgid "mcc-security.png"
msgstr "mcc-security.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
"link below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于系统安全配置的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更"
"多信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = 配置系统安全、权限和审计</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr "共享"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
msgid ""
"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
msgstr ""
"仅当安装了 <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> 软件包，才会显示此窗口和<emphasis>"
"网络服务</emphasis>窗口。您可以选择各种用于设置服务器的工具。点击下面的链接或"
"<xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>来了解更多信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
msgid "System"
msgstr "系统"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
msgid "mcc-system.png"
msgstr "mcc-system.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于系统管理的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信"
"息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
msgid "Manage system services"
msgstr "管理系统服务"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
msgid "Localization"
msgstr "本地化"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
msgid "Administration tools"
msgstr "管理工具"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = 管理系统中的用户</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
msgid "Configure updates frequency"
msgstr "配置更新频率"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
msgid "mgaapplet-config"
msgstr "mgaapplet-config"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的"
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">软件管理</emphasis>选项卡中找到。您也可以通过右键单击"
"系统托盘中的红色图标<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>并选择"
"<guimenu>更新配置</guimenu>来启动它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
msgid ""
"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
msgstr ""
"第一个滑块可以设置 Mageia 检查更新的频率；第二个滑块可以设置在系统启动后延迟"
"多长时间再检查更新。复选框用于设置当 Mageia 发布新版本时，是否提示您更新。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
msgstr "设置指点设备(鼠标、触摸板)"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
msgid "mousedrake"
msgstr "mousedrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
msgid "mousedrake.png"
msgstr "mousedrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
msgid ""
"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
msgstr ""
"由于安装 Mageia 时必须使用鼠标，因此 Drakinstall 已将您当前的鼠标配置好。此工"
"具用于安装其他的鼠标。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
msgid ""
"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
"immediately taken into account."
msgstr ""
"此处根据连接类型和功能分类列出了鼠标。请选择您的鼠标，然后点击<guibutton>确定"
"</guibutton>。大多数情况下，“通用 / 任意 PS/2 &amp; USB 鼠标”可以匹配目前市场"
"上的各类鼠标。新安装的鼠标将会立即生效。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:3
msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
msgstr "MSEC: 系统安全审计"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/msecgui.xml:5
msgid "msecgui"
msgstr "msecgui"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:13
msgid "msecgui.png"
msgstr "msecgui.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> "
"来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:21
msgid ""
"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
"approaches:"
msgstr ""
"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>是用于配置系统安全的 msec 图"
"形化界面，可用的操作有："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:28
msgid ""
"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
"make it more secure."
msgstr "设置系统行为，使用 msec 来调整系统以便系统更安全。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:33
msgid ""
"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
"you if something seems dangerous."
msgstr "周期性检查系统，以便在发生危险时及时通知您。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:38
msgid ""
"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
"own customised security levels."
msgstr ""
"msec 使用“安全等级”的概念来管理系统权限，您可以对权限的变更或加固进行审计。"
"Mageia 提供了推荐的配置，但您也可以自己定制安全等级。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:45
msgid "Overview tab"
msgstr "预览选项卡"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:47
msgid "See the screenshot above"
msgstr "参见上述截图"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:49
msgid ""
"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
"button on the right side to configure them:"
msgstr "第一个选项卡中包活了各类安全工具，右侧的按钮可以配置这些工具："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:54
msgid ""
"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
msgstr "防火墙，它也可以通过 MCC / 安全 /设置您的个人防火墙 来启动"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:59
msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
msgstr "更新，它也可以通过 MCC / 软件管理 /更新您的系统 来启动"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:64
msgid "msec itself with some information:"
msgstr "msec 私有的配置："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:68
msgid "enabled or not"
msgstr "是否启用"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:72
msgid "the configured Base security level"
msgstr "预设的基础安全等级"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:76
msgid ""
"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
"and another button to execute the checks just now."
msgstr ""
"最近一次周期检查的时间、用于查看详细报告的按钮和用于立即执行检查的按钮。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:86
msgid "Security settings tab"
msgstr "安全设置选项卡"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:88
msgid ""
"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
msgstr ""
"点击第二个选项卡，或者点击安全<guibutton>配置</guibutton> 按钮也会打开上述窗"
"口。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:94
msgid "msecgui2.png"
msgstr "msecgui2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:100
msgid "Basic security tab"
msgstr "基本安全选项卡"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:103
msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">安全等级</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:106
msgid ""
"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
"following levels are available:"
msgstr ""
"在勾选了<guilabel>启用 MSEC 工具</guilabel>后，您可以在此选项卡中双击选择所需"
"的安全等级（以粗体字表示）。如果您没有勾选任何等级，将会使用等级“无”。您可以"
"使用的等级有："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:113
msgid ""
"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
"vulnerable to attack."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">无</emphasis>等级。如果您不希望使用 msec 来控制系统安"
"全，而希望自己进行配置，请选择此等级。系统将禁用所有安全检查，并且不会对系统"
"配置做任何限制。仅当您清楚自己的目的时才使用此等级，因为这样做可能导致系统容"
"易遭受攻击。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:122
msgid ""
"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
"versions)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">标准</emphasis>等级。这是安装时默认使用的配置，可以用"
"于普通用户。系统将限制部分系统设置，并且每天检查系统文件、系统账户和危险目录"
"的权限的变更情况。（此等级与之前版本的 msec 使用的等级 2 和 3 类似）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:131
msgid ""
"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">安全</emphasis>等级。当您想确保系统安全，同时保证系统"
"可用性时，请使用此等级。系统将进一步收紧系统权限，并提高周期性检查的频率。此"
"外，也会限制系统的访问。（此等级与之前版本的 msec 使用的等级 4（高） 和 5（严"
"格） 类似）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:140
msgid ""
"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
"the most common use cases."
msgstr ""
"除了这些等级之外，msec 也提供了用于不同任务的安全设置，如 <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">fileserver（文件服务器） </emphasis>、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">webserver（网络服务器）</emphasis> 和 <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook（上"
"网本）</emphasis> 等级。这些等级适用于在大多数情况下对系统安全进行配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:149
msgid ""
"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
msgstr ""
"最后两个等级叫做<emphasis role=\"bold\">每日审计 </emphasis> 和 <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">每周审计</emphasis>，它们并非真正的安全等级，而是用于进行周期性"
"检查的工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:156
msgid ""
"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
"这些等级保存于 <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>。"
"您可以自定义安全等级，并将其保存至特定的文件中，文件名的格式为 "
"<filename>level.&lt;等级名称></filename>，并将其放到 <filename>/etc/security/"
"msec/</filename>。此功能适用于对系统配置有特殊需求的超级用户。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:165
msgid ""
"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
"level settings."
msgstr "请记住，用户自定义的参数将会覆盖预设的默认等级。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:170
msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">安全警报</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:173
msgid ""
"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
"enable it."
msgstr ""
"如果您勾选了<guibutton>用邮件发送安全警报至</guibutton>，msec 生成的安全警报"
"将通过本地邮件服务发送至预先设定的安全管理员。您可以在收件人地址一栏填写一个"
"本地用户名，或完整的电子邮件地址（同时应当设置本地邮件和邮件管理器）。最后，"
"您将可以直接在桌面读取 msec 发送的安全警报。请勾选相应的复选框来启用这一功"
"能。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:182
msgid ""
"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
msgstr ""
"我们强烈建议您启用安全警报功能，以便在系统出现可能的安全问题时能及时反馈给安"
"全管理员。否则，管理员需要定期手动检查 <filename>/var/log/security</"
"filename> 下的日志文件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:188
msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">安全选项</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:190
msgid ""
"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
"options."
msgstr ""
"自定义计算机安全的方法不仅限于创建自定义安全等级，您也可以使用此处介绍的选项"
"卡来修改任意选项。当前的 msec 配置存储在 <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
"security.conf</filename>，此文件包含了当前的安全等级名，以及一系列针对默认参"
"数进行的修改。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:199
msgid "System security tab"
msgstr "系统安全选项卡"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:201
msgid ""
"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
"column."
msgstr ""
"此选项卡的左侧显示了所有安全选项，中间显示了相关的描述，右侧显示了选项当前的"
"值。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:207
msgid "msecgui3.png"
msgstr "msecgui3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:211
msgid ""
"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
"choice."
msgstr ""
"若要修改某个选项，请双击它，然后在弹出的窗口（见下面的截图）中进行修改。窗口"
"中将显示选项的名词、简短描述、当前值和默认值，以及包含可选值的下拉列表。请点"
"击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮来确认修改。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:219
msgid "msecgui11.png"
msgstr "msecgui11.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:224
msgid ""
"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
"saving them."
msgstr ""
"在退出 msecgui 时，请不要忘记点击菜单 <guimenu>文件 -> 保存配置</guimenu> 来"
"应用您的配置。如果您做了更改，msecgui 在保存前会提示您预览这些更改。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:232
msgid "msecgui10.png"
msgstr "msecgui10.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:238
msgid "Network security"
msgstr "网络安全"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:240
msgid ""
"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
msgstr "此选项卡中显示了所有的网络选项，操作方式与上一个选项卡类似"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:245
msgid "msecgui4.png"
msgstr "msecgui4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:251
msgid "Periodic checks tab"
msgstr "周期检查选项卡"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:253
msgid ""
"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
msgstr "周期检查用于通过安全警告将 msec 认为可能危险的情形发送给系统管理员。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:257
msgid ""
"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
msgstr ""
"此选项卡中显示了所有 msec 完成的周期检查，如果勾选了<guibutton>启用周期性安全"
"检查</guibutton>，还将显示检查的频率。请参考上一个选项卡的介绍进行操作。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:264
msgid "msecgui5.png"
msgstr "msecgui5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:270
msgid "Exceptions tab"
msgstr "例外选项卡"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:272
msgid ""
"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
"below shows four exceptions."
msgstr ""
"部分警报信息可能并非源于系统风险，您可能有意让它们发生。在这种情况下，安全警"
"报就显得不必要了。您可以在此选项卡中创建任意数量的例外，以避免不需要的安全警"
"报。当 msec 首次启动时，列表中是空的。下面的截图中包含了四个例外。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:280
msgid "msecgui6.png"
msgstr "msecgui6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:284
msgid ""
"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
msgstr "若要创建例外，请点击 <guibutton>添加规则</guibutton> 按钮"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:289
msgid "msecgui7.png"
msgstr "msecgui7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:293
msgid ""
"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
msgstr ""
"请在<guilabel>检查</guilabel>下拉列表中选择需要的周期检查，然后在文本区域输"
"入 <guilabel>例外</guilabel>。您也可以在  <guilabel>例外</guilabel> 选项卡中"
"使用 <guibutton>删除</guibutton>按钮将现有的例外删除，或者双击某个例外来更改"
"它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:303
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr "权限"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:304
msgid ""
"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
"enforcement."
msgstr "此选项卡用于进行文件/目录权限检查和加固。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:306
msgid ""
"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
"done to the permissions."
msgstr ""
"与安全选项卡类似，msec 提供了不同的权限等级（标准、安全……），分别根据您的选择"
"予以启用。您也可以创建自己的权限等级，并将其保存在特定的文件中，文件名为"
"<filename>perm.&lt;等级名> </filename>，且放置于 <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
"</filename> 文件夹中。此功能适用于需要自定义配置的超级用户。您也可以使用此选"
"项卡来改变所需的权限。当前的配置存储在 <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms."
"conf</filename>。此文件包含一系列针对默认参数进行的修改。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:318
msgid "msecgui8.png"
msgstr "msecgui8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:321
msgid ""
"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
"given rule:"
msgstr ""
"默认权限以规则列表的形式显示，每行显示一条规则。您可以在左侧看到与某个规则相"
"关的文件或文件夹、文件所有者、文件所有组以及此规则授予的权限。例如，对于给定"
"的规则："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:327
msgid ""
"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
"if not, but does not change anything."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>加固</guilabel> 未被勾选，则 msec 将只检查此规则定义的权限是否有"
"效，如果无效则发送安全警报，但不做任何更改。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:333
msgid ""
"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
"permissions."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>加固</guilabel>被勾选，则 msec 将根据第一次周期检查时得到的权限信息"
"改写当前权限。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:337
msgid ""
"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
msgstr ""
"若要使用此功能，您必须正确配置<emphasis role=\"bold\">周期性检查</emphasis>选"
"项卡中的 CHECK_PERMS 选项。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:339
msgid ""
"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
msgstr ""
"若要创建新规则，请点击<guibutton>添加规则</guibutton>按钮，并参考以下示例填写"
"相应字段。<guilabel>文件</guilabel>字段中可以使用通配符 *。“current”表示尚未"
"被更改。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:345
msgid "msecgui9.png"
msgstr "msecgui9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:348
msgid ""
"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
msgstr ""
"点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮来确认更改。不要忘记点击菜单 <guimenu>文"
"件 -> 保存配置</guimenu>来应用您的配置。如果您做了更改，msecgui 在保存前会提"
"示您预览这些更改。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:353
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"您也可以手动创建或修改配置文件 <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
"filename>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:356
msgid ""
"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
"be changed by msecperms."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">权限选项卡</emphasis>（或配置文件）中的更改将在首次周"
"期性检查时生效（参见<emphasis role=\"bold\">周期检查选项卡</emphasis>中的 "
"CHECK_PERMS 选项）。如果您希望它们立即生效，请以 root 权限在命令行执行 "
"msecperms。在此之前，您可以使用“msecperms -p”命令来了解 msecperms 将要更改的"
"权限。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:363
msgid ""
"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"请记住，如果您通过终端或文件管理器修改了被 <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> 文件"
"的权限，msecgui 随后将会根据<emphasis role=\"bold\">权限选项卡</emphasis>中"
"的 CHECK_PERMS 和 CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE 选项将其恢复到之前的值。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
msgstr "其他 Mageia 工具"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
msgid ""
"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
"next pages."
msgstr ""
"部分 Mageia 工具无法直接从 Mageia 控制中心启动。请点击下列链接来了解更多信"
"息，或者继续阅读后面的页面。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>待编写</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
msgid "And more tools?"
msgstr "需要更多工具？"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
msgstr "软件管理（安装和移除软件）"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
msgid "rpmdrake"
msgstr "rpmdrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
msgid "rpmdrake.png"
msgstr "rpmdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
msgstr "rpmdrake 介绍"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> "
"来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
"included in the packages."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>也叫 drakrpm，是用于安装、卸载"
"和升级软件包的程序，也是 URPMI 的图形化用户界面。每次启动时，它都会从 Mageia "
"官方服务器上下载在线软件包列表（即“媒体”），并在有可用更新时提示您。您可以使"
"用筛选功能来显示特定类型的软件包，如仅显示已安装的软件（默认设置），或者仅显"
"示可用更新。除了查看已安装的软件包，您也可以用名称、摘要或完整描述中的内容，"
"以及软件包中的文件名来搜索您想要的软件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
msgid ""
"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
msgstr ""
"若要使用此功能，您需要使用 <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>  来配置仓"
"库。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
msgid ""
"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
msgstr ""
"在安装系统时，系统使用预设的仓库（通常是 DVD 或 CD）作为安装的媒体。如果您保"
"留这一媒体，每当您需要安装软件包时都会看到如下通知：<placeholder type="
"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>。为了避免此类情形的发生，在您可以方便地连接到互联"
"网的情况下，最好将这一媒体移除，并用在线仓库来取代它：<xref linkend="
"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
msgid ""
"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
msgstr ""
"此外，在线仓库的优势还有：仓库总是保持最新状态。包含更多软件包，并且可以用于"
"更新部分软件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
msgid "The main parts of the screen"
msgstr "界面的主要内容"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">软件包类型筛选</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
msgid ""
"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
msgstr ""
"此筛选器用于显示特定类型的软件包。您首次启动管理器时，将只显示含有图形化界面"
"的应用程序。您可以将其设置为显示所有软件包及其库和依赖；或者只显示软件包组，"
"如应用程序、更新或来自新版 Mageia 的后向移植软件包。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
msgid ""
"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
msgstr ""
"默认的筛选条件适用于 Linux 或 Mageia 新手，即不希望使用命令行或特别专业的工"
"具。不过既然您读到了此内容，说明您有兴趣进一步了解 Mageia，所以我们建议您将筛"
"选条件设为“所有”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
msgid ""
"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
"firstterm>"
msgstr ""
"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">软件包状态筛选：</emphasis> </firstterm>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
msgid ""
"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
"not installed."
msgstr "此筛选器可用于控制显示已安装的软件包、未安装的软件包或所有软件包。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">搜索模式：</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
msgid ""
"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
"in the packages."
msgstr "点击此图标，可以在软件包名称、摘要、完整描述或文件名中进行搜索。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">“查找”框：</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
msgid ""
"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
msgstr ""
"在这里输入一个或多个关键词。如果您希望使用一个以上的关键词，请用“|”将它们分隔"
"开来。例如，要搜索“mplayer”和“xine”，您可以输入“mplayer | xine”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">清除所有：</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
msgid ""
"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
"box ."
msgstr "此图标用于清空“查找”框中的关键词。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">分类列表</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
msgid ""
"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
"sub categories."
msgstr "此侧边栏将所有应用和软件包分组排列显示。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">描述窗格</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
msgid ""
"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
msgstr ""
"此窗格中显示了软件包名称、概要和完整描述，其中包括了所选软件包的有用信息。有"
"关软件包的详细情况、软件包中的文件和维护者对软件包所作更改也会显示在这里。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
msgid "The status column"
msgstr "状态栏"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
msgid ""
"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"当您设置了筛选条件后，您可以从分类列表（区域 6 所示）或根据名称/摘要/描述（区"
"域 4 所示）来查找所需软件。系统将根据软件包的安装/升级状态来显示您所查询的软"
"件包列表和所选媒体，以及相应的状态标记。若要改变软件状态，请勾选或取消勾选软"
"件名掐案的复选框，然后点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "图标"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
msgid "Legend"
msgstr "图例"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
msgid "This package is already installed"
msgstr "此软件包已安装"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
msgid "This package will be installed"
msgstr "此软件包将被安装"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
msgid "This package cannot be modified"
msgstr "此软件包无法被更改"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
msgid "This package is an update"
msgstr "此软件包是一个更新包"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
msgstr "此软件包将被卸载"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
msgstr "上述截图中的示例："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
msgid ""
"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"当您取消勾选 digikam（绿色箭头标记说明它目前已被安装），状态图标将会变为红色"
"箭头；当您点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>后系统会将 digikam 卸载。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
msgid ""
"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"当您勾选了 qdigidoc（尚未安装），状态图标会变为橙色的向下箭头；当您点击"
"<guibutton>应用</guibutton>后系统会安装 qdigidoc。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
msgid "The dependencies"
msgstr "依赖关系"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
msgid ""
"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
"install."
msgstr ""
"部分软件包需要其他软件包（如工具或库，它们被称为“依赖”）来工作。在这种情况"
"下，Rpmdrake 将显示一个通知窗口，提示您是否允许或阻止安装所选依赖，或者显示更"
"多信息（见上）。当所需库可以由多个软件包提供时，rpmdrake 也会显示可用的候选软"
"件包，并允许您查看更多细节和选择要安装的软件包。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
msgid "Set up scanner"
msgstr "设置扫描仪"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
msgid "scannerdrake"
msgstr "scannerdrake"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "安装"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>用于配置简易扫描设备或带有扫描"
"功能的多功能设备。它也可用于在远程计算机间共享连接到此计算机的本地设备，或者"
"远程访问扫描仪。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
msgid ""
"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
"message:"
msgstr "当您首次启动此工具时，将会显示如下信息："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
msgid ""
"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>“需要安装 SANE 软件包来使用扫描仪</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>是否希望安装 SANE 软件包？”</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
msgid ""
"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
msgstr ""
"请点击<emphasis>是</emphasis>以继续。系统将会安装<code>scanner-gui</code> 和 "
"<code>task-scanning</code>。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
msgid "scannerdrake.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
msgid ""
"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"如果系统可以正确识别您的扫描仪，如上一界面中您可以看到扫描仪的名称，那么它现"
"在已经就绪了：您可以使用 <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> 或 <emphasis>Simple "
"Scan</emphasis> 来操作它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
msgid ""
"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
"\"scannersharing\"/>."
msgstr ""
"在这种情况下，您还可以使用 <emphasis>共享扫描仪</emphasis> 选项来做进一步的配"
"置：<xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> 对此做了进一步的说明。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
msgid ""
"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
"scanner manually</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"如果系统没有正确识别您的扫描仪，请检查电缆、电源开关，然后点击<emphasis>搜索"
"新扫描仪</emphasis>。如果问题仍然存在，您可能需要 <emphasis>手动添加扫描仪</"
"emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
msgid ""
"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"请在列表中选择扫描仪的品牌，然后选择类别，并点击<emphasis>确定</emphasis>"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
msgid ""
"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr "如果您无法在列表中找到扫描仪，请点击<emphasis>取消</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
msgid ""
"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
msgstr ""
"请转到 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs."
"html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> 页面，查看您的扫描仪是否被支持，并在"
"<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">论坛</link>上寻求帮助。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
msgid "Choose port"
msgstr "选择端口"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
"\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
"\"1\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
msgid ""
"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
msgstr ""
"如果您的扫描仪使用的不是并行端口，您可以将它设置为<emphasis>自动检测可用端口"
"</emphasis>；否则，请选择 <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis>（如果您仅有一个"
"扫描仪的话）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
msgid ""
"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
"similar to the one below."
msgstr "在点击<emphasis>确定</emphasis>后，您将会看到一个如下的界面。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
msgid ""
"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
msgstr "如果您没有看到此界面，请阅读<xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
msgid "Scannersharing"
msgstr "扫描仪共享"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
msgid ""
"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
"this machine."
msgstr ""
"您可以在此处设置是否允许远程访问连接到这台机器上的扫描仪，以及允许何者访问。"
"您也可以在这里设定这台机器上能访问的远程扫描仪。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
msgid ""
"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
"this computer."
msgstr ""
"与其他主机共享扫描仪：您可以使用主机名或 IP 地址来添加或删除列表中的主机，以"
"便它们能远程访问此计算机上的本地设备。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
msgid ""
"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
msgstr ""
"使用远程扫描仪：您可以使用主机名或 IP 地址来添加或删除列表中的主机，以便访问"
"远程扫描仪。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
msgstr "与其他主机共享扫描仪：您可以在此处添加主机。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
msgid ""
"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
"machines."
msgstr "与其他主机共享扫描仪：添加允许共享的主机，或者允许所有远程机器访问。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
msgstr "“所有远程机器”表示本地扫描仪对所有远程访问开放。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
msgid ""
"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
"offers to do it."
msgstr "如果您尚未安装 <emphasis>saned</emphasis>，此工具将提示您安装。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
msgstr "最后，此工具将会修改以下文件："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
msgid ""
"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
"\"net\""
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>，在其中添加或注释指令行 \"net\""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
msgid ""
"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
"emphasis> to be started on boot."
msgstr ""
"它也会将 <emphasis>saned</emphasis> 和 <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis>设为开机启"
"动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
msgid "Specifics"
msgstr "细节"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
msgstr "惠普"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
msgid ""
"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
"emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"大部分惠普扫描仪可由<emphasis>HP 设备管理器</emphasis>（hplip）管理，它也可以"
"管理打印机。在这种情况下，此工具不提供配置功能，请您改用<emphasis>HP 设备管理"
"器</emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
msgid "Epson"
msgstr "爱普生"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
msgid ""
"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
"可以在<link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?"
"OSC=LX\">此页面</link>下载驱动。注意，您必须先安装 <emphasis>iscan-data</"
"emphasis> 软件包，然后安装 <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>。在安装时，系统可能会提"
"示 <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> 软件包与 <emphasis>sane</emphasis> 有冲突，不过"
"您可以忽略这一问题。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
msgid "Extra installation steps"
msgstr "额外的安装步骤"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
msgid ""
"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
msgstr ""
"在 <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> 界面中选择扫描仪端口后，您可能需要进"
"行额外的操作来配置扫描仪。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
msgid ""
"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
msgstr ""
"在某些情况下，您每次启动扫描仪时需要上传固件。在安装好扫描仪后，您可以使用此"
"工具将固件加载到设备。在这一界面中，您可以使用 CD、Windows 安装包或供应商网站"
"上下载的文件来安装固件。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
msgid ""
"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
msgstr ""
"每次使用时，为设备加载固件的操作比较费时，有的需要一分钟甚至更长，请耐心等"
"待。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
msgid ""
"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"系统也可能提示您需要调整<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/&lt;SANE_后端&gt;.conf 文件</"
"emphasis>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
msgid ""
"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
msgstr ""
"请认真阅读此处及其他相关的说明。如果您不知道如何操作，请转到<link xlink:href="
"\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">论坛</link>寻求帮助。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
msgid "Software Management"
msgstr "软件管理"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/software-management.xml:10
msgid "software-management.png"
msgstr "software-management.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:14
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
"Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""
"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于管理软件的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信"
"息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:17
msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:20
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = 更新系统</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:26
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = 配置用于安装和更新的"
"媒体源</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
msgid "Install and configure a printer"
msgstr "安装和配置打印机"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
msgid "system-config-printer"
msgstr "system-config-printer"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
msgid "system-config-printer.png"
msgstr "system-config-printer.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
msgid ""
"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
"and openSUSE."
msgstr ""
"Mageia 使用名为 CUPS 服务来管理打印工作。您可以通过网络浏览器来访问它专有的"
"<link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">配置界面</link>，"
"但 Mageia 也提供了用于安装打印机的工具：system-config-printer，此工具在 "
"Fedora、Mandriva、Ubuntu 和 openSUSE 等发行版中也有提供。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
msgid ""
"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
msgstr "在安装前，您应当启用 non-free 仓库，因为部分驱动只能在此仓库中找到。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">system-config-"
"printer</emphasis> 来启动该工具。程序会提示您输入 root 密码。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
msgid ""
"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
">."
msgstr ""
"Mageia 控制中心的<guilabel>硬件</guilabel>选项卡中包含了安装打印机的功能。请"
"选择<guilabel>配置打印和扫描</guilabel>工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
"\"0\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
msgstr "MCC 将会提示您安装两个软件包："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
msgid "task-printing-server"
msgstr "task-printing-server"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
msgid "task-printing-hp"
msgstr "task-printing-hp"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
msgid ""
"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
"dependencies are needed."
msgstr ""
"如果要继续安装硬件，请接受这一请求。系统需要安装的依赖最多会占用 230MB 空间。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
msgid ""
"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
msgstr ""
"若要添加打印机，请点击“添加”打印机按钮。系统将尝试检测打印机和可用的端口。截"
"图中展示了一个并行端口连接的打印机。如果系统检测到了打印机，如使用 USB 连接的"
"打印机，将会在第一行显示它们。程序也会尝试配置检测到的网络打印机。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
msgid "Automatically detected printer"
msgstr "自动检测打印机"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
msgid ""
"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
msgstr ""
"该功能通常用于 USB 连接的打印机。程序会自动查找并显示打印机名称。请选择该打印"
"机然后点击“下一步”。如果有已知适用的驱动系统会自动安装它；否则，将会弹出窗"
"口，请您选择或提供一个驱动（如下图所示）。请使用<xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
"以继续。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
msgid "No automatically detected printer"
msgstr "无法自动检测到打印机"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
msgid "printer3.png"
msgstr "printer3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
msgid ""
"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
"options."
msgstr ""
"当您选择了端口后，系统会在新的窗口中显示驱动程序列表并请您选择。您可以根据下"
"列选项来选择合适的驱动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
msgid "Select printer from database"
msgstr "从数据库中选择打印机"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
msgid "provide PPD file"
msgstr "提供 PPD 文件"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
msgid "search for a driver to download"
msgstr "搜索并下载驱动"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
msgid ""
"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
"which know to work."
msgstr ""
"如果您从数据库中选择驱动，程序将显示可能与打印机相关的生产商、设备及其驱动。"
"如果有多个驱动可供选择，请选择推荐的一项；如果推荐的驱动有问题，您也可以选择"
"其他可用驱动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
msgid "Complete the installation process"
msgstr "完成安装过程"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
msgid ""
"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
"printers."
msgstr ""
"在选择驱动后，您需要指定一些参数以便系统指派和区分打印机。请在第一行中填写该"
"设备在可用打印机列表中的名称。之后，向导会建议您打印测试页，然后您就可以在可"
"用打印机列表中看到新添加的打印机了。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
msgid "Network printer"
msgstr "网络打印机"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
msgid ""
"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
"another workstation that serves as printserver."
msgstr ""
"网络打印机是使用有线或无线网络连接直接连接的打印机，这类打印机通常连接到打印"
"服务器，或其他作为打印服务器的工作站。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
msgid ""
"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
"one."
msgstr ""
"一般而言，您最好在 DHCP 服务器中为打印机对应的 MAC 地址分配固定 IP。此 IP 也"
"应与连接到打印服务器的打印机中的 IP 一致。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
msgid ""
"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
"after \"HWaddr\"."
msgstr ""
"打印机的 MAC 地址是用于指派给打印机、打印服务器或相关计算机的一串数字，该地址"
"可以在打印机的配置页面中找到，也可能在打印机或打印服务器的标签上找到。如果您"
"共享了连接到 Mageia 的打印机，则可以以 root 用户运行"
"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> 来查看它的 MAC 地址：该地址就"
"是“HWaddr”后的一串数字。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
msgid ""
"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
"says \"host\"."
msgstr ""
"在添加网络打印机时，您可以选择用于网络通讯的协议。如果您不知道应当使用哪种协"
"议，请尝试<guilabel>设备</guilabel>菜单中的 <guilabel>网络打印机</guilabel> "
"- <guilabel>查找网络打印机</guilabel>并在右侧的输入框（“主机”一栏）中指定打印"
"机的 IP 地址"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
msgid ""
"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
msgstr ""
"如果此工具能识别您的打印机或打印服务器，将会推荐一个协议和队列，不过您也可以"
"从下面的列表中选择更合适的类型，或者指定一个列表中没有列出的正确队列名。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
msgid ""
"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
msgstr ""
"请查看您的打印机或打印服务器的文档，以便确定它们支持和使用的特定队列名。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
msgid "Network printing protocols"
msgstr "网络打印协议"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
msgid ""
"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
"not required."
msgstr ""
"目前的技术之一是惠普研发的 JetDirect。该协议可以使打印机直接用以太网端口连接"
"到网络，不过您必须知道打印机在网络中的 IP 地址。这一技术也被用于部分 ADSL 路"
"由，它们使用 USB 端口来连接到打印机。在这种情况下，IP 地址就是路由器的地址。"
"请注意，“HP 设备管理器”可以管理动态 IP 地址、设置形如 <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;"
"name-of-the-printer></emphasis> 的 URI，因此不需要指定固定 IP。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
msgid ""
"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
"the same as above."
msgstr ""
"请选择协议 <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel>，并在<guilabel>主机</"
"guilabel>中设置地址。请勿更改<guilabel>端口号</guilabel>，除非您必须这么做。"
"在选择了协议类型后，请按照前面介绍的步骤来选择打印机驱动。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
msgid "printer5.png"
msgstr "printer5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
msgid "The other protocols are:"
msgstr "其他的协议有："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
"some ADSL-routers."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>互联网打印协议（IPP）</emphasis>：使用 IPP 协议通过 TCP/IP 网络访问"
"打印机，例如使用 CUPS 工作站的打印机。此协议也在部分 ADSL 路由上得到应用。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>互联网打印协议（HTTPS）</emphasis>：与 IPP 相同，但使用 HTTP 传输数"
"据且使用 TLS 协议加密。您需要指定端口。默认使用 631 端口。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
"with TLS secured protocol."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>互联网打印协议（ipps）</emphasis>：与 IPP 相同，但使用 TLS 协议加"
"密。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
msgid ""
"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
"connected to a station using LPD."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>LPD/LPR 主机或打印机</emphasis>：使用 LPD 协议通过 TCP/IP 网络访问"
"打印机，例如使用 LPD 工作站的打印机。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>通过 SAMBA 连接 Windows 打印机</emphasis>：访问连接到 Windows 工作"
"站或 SMB 服务器的共享打印机。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
msgid ""
"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
"the URI:"
msgstr "您也可以直接添加 URI。此处提供了一些 URI 的示例："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
msgid "Appsocket"
msgstr "Appsocket"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr "互联网打印协议（IPP）"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr "行式打印机守护（LPD）协议"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
msgid ""
"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
msgstr ""
"您可以在<link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/"
"network.html\">CUPS 文档</link>中找到更多有关信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
msgid "Device Properties"
msgstr "设备属性"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
msgid ""
"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
"您可以在此处访问设备属性。菜单中列出了  CUPS 服务器的参数。默认情况下，您的系"
"统中启动了 CUPS 服务，但您也可以在<guimenu>服务器</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>连"
"接...</guimenuitem>菜单中指定另一个服务。若您点击 <guimenu>服务器</guimenu> "
"| <guimenuitem>设置</guimenuitem> 菜单，则会弹出另一个窗口，可以用于调整其他"
"特定的服务器参数。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
msgid "Troubleshoot"
msgstr "错误排查"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
msgid ""
"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
msgstr ""
"如果打印过程中出错，您可以查看 <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> "
"来获取有关信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
msgid ""
"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
msgstr ""
"您也可以点击 <guimenu>帮助</guimenu> | <guilabel>错误排查</guilabel> 菜单来启"
"动诊断问题的工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
msgid ""
"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
"drivers or for more recent devices."
msgstr ""
"部分打印机的驱动在 Mageia 下可能不可用或工作异常。在这种情况下，请参考<link "
"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> 网站以确定"
"设备的驱动是否可用。如果可用，请检查打印相关的软件包是否已经安装，如果没有请"
"手动安装。然后，重新执行安装打印机并正确配置它。如果您对此工具满意，并希望提"
"供打印机的类型和驱动信息，或者报告打印机安装后能（或不能）工作，请将意见或建"
"议反馈至 Bugzilla 或论坛。以下是一些用于查找最新驱动的资源："

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother 打印机</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
msgid ""
"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
msgstr ""
"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
"en/download_prn.html\">此页面</link>中列出了 Brother 提供的打印机驱动。请搜索"
"您的设备，然后下载相应的 rpm 并安装。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
msgid ""
"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
msgstr "您应当在运行配置工具前安装 Brother 驱动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">惠普打印机及多合一设备</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
msgid ""
"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
"of the printer."
msgstr ""
"这类设备使用 hplip 工具进行管理。系统会检测到或您选择这类打印机后自动安装它。"
"您可以在<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">这"
"里</link>找到其他信息。“HP 设备管理器”工具可以从<guilabel>系统</guilabel>菜单"
"中higdon。您也可以查看有关管理打印机的<link ns2:href=\"http://"
"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">配置</link>页。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
msgid ""
"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
msgstr ""
"惠普多合一设备必须作为打印机安装，之后扫描仪功能会被附加到其中。注意，有时候"
"您无法使用 Xsane 界面来扫描胶卷或幻灯片（照明滑杆不工作）。在这种情况下，您仍"
"然可以使用独立模式来扫描，并将图片保存至存储卡或 U 盘，而非扫描仪中。之后，请"
"使用您的图像处理软件从存储卡（位于 /media 文件夹下）中载入该图片。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">三星彩色打印机</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
msgid ""
"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
"protocol."
msgstr ""
"有关特定的三星和 Xerox 彩色打印机，<link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda."
"com/\">此网站</link>提供了使用 QPDL 协议的驱动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">爱普生打印机和扫描仪</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
msgid ""
"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
"according to your architecture."
msgstr ""
"您可以在<link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?"
"OSC=LX\">此搜索页</link>中找到爱普生（Epson）打印机驱动。至于扫描仪的端口，您"
"必须先安装“iscan-data”软件包然后安装“iscan”软件包。您也可以安装“iscan-"
"plugin”软件包。请根据您的架构选择 <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> 类型的软件包。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
msgid ""
"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
msgstr "安装 iscan 软件包可能会与 sane 有冲突，不过您可以忽略这个问题。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">佳能打印机</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
msgid ""
"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
msgstr ""
"对于佳能打印机，您最好安装一个名为 turboprint 的工具，它可以在<link ns2:href="
"\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">这里</link>下载到。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
msgstr "导入 Windows™ 文档和设置"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
msgid "transfugdrake"
msgstr "transfugdrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
msgid "transfugdrake.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">系统</emphasis>选项卡中找到，选项的名称是<guilabel>导"
"入 Windows™ 文档和设置</guilabel>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
"computer as the Mageia installation."
msgstr ""
"此工具允许管理员从同一台机器上的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> 2000、<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP 或 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</"
"trademark> 系统中导入用户文档和设置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
msgid ""
"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"请注意，在您按下<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>后，transfugdrake 所作更改将会立"
"即生效。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
msgid ""
"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
"explanation about the tool and import options."
msgstr ""
"在启动 transfugdrake 后，您会看到向导页的首页，其中包括了有关工具和导入选项的"
"说明。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
msgid ""
"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
msgstr ""
"在您阅读并理解了这些说明后，请点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton> 按钮。程序将"
"会检测现有的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 系统。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
msgid ""
"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
"than yours own."
msgstr ""
"检测完成后，您将会看到一个用于选择 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> 和 Mageia 账户的界面。您可以选择您自己或其他用户的账户。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
msgid ""
"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
"incorrectly."
msgstr ""
"请注意，由于 migrate-assistant（transfugdrake 所使用的后端）的缺陷，包含特殊"
"符号的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 用户账户名可能无法"
"被正确显示。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
msgid ""
"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
msgstr "导入过程所需的时间取决于文档目录的大小。"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
msgid ""
"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
"use such accounts for the import purposes."
msgstr ""
"部分 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 应用（尤其是驱动）可"
"能会创建特定用途的用户账户。例如，<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> 下的 NVidia 驱动会使用 <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> 来更新软"
"件。请不要使用这类有特殊用途的账户。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
msgid ""
"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
"documents:"
msgstr ""
"当您选择好账户之后，请点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton> 按钮。您需要在下一页"
"中选择导入文档的方法："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
msgid ""
"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
msgstr ""
"Transfugdrake 用于从 <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>、<emphasis>My Music</"
"emphasis> 和 <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> 目录中导入 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 数据。您可以在这里取消选定部分项目来略过导"
"入它们。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
msgid ""
"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
"to import bookmarks:"
msgstr ""
"当您选择好导入方式后，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>按钮。您需要在下一页"
"中选择导入书签的方式："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
msgid ""
"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
msgstr ""
"Transfugdrake 可以将 <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> 和 "
"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> 中的书签导入至 Mageia 下的 "
"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> 中。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
msgid ""
"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
"button."
msgstr "请选择您所需的导入选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>按钮。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
msgstr "您可以在下一页中导入桌面壁纸："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
msgid ""
"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
msgstr "请选择您所需的导入选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>按钮。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
msgid ""
"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
"向导的最后一页是显示祝贺信息。只需点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮即可。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/userdrake.xml:11
msgid "Users and Groups"
msgstr "用户和组"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/userdrake.xml:13
msgid "userdrake"
msgstr "userdrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:18
msgid "userdrake.png"
msgstr "userdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:23
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</"
"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
msgstr ""
"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">系统</emphasis> 选项卡中找到，选项的名称是“管理系统用"
"户”。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
"(ID, shell, ...)"
msgstr ""
"此工具可以帮助管理员管理用户和组，包括添加或删除用户/组，以及更改用户/组设置"
"（ID、shell……）等功能。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
msgstr ""
"当您打开 userdrake 时，<guibutton>用户</guibutton>选项卡中会列出系统中现存的"
"所有用户，<guibutton>组</guibutton>选项卡中则列此处了所有现存的组。这两个选项"
"卡的操作方式相同。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:35
msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>1 添加用户</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:37
msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
msgstr "点击按钮后，将打开一个空设置的窗口："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:41
msgid "userdrake1.png"
msgstr "userdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:45
msgid ""
"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
"or nothing as well!"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">全名</emphasis>一栏中填写用户的姓和名，但您也可以将其"
"留空。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:49
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">登录名</emphasis>是唯一的必填项。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:52
msgid ""
"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
msgstr ""
"我们强烈建议您设置一个<emphasis role=\"bold\">密码</emphasis>。右侧的盾形图标"
"指示了当前密码的强度，如果密码强度太差，盾会变成红色；当密码强度增加时，盾会"
"变成橙色或绿色。您应当使用数字、大小写字母、标点符号组合成的密码。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:59
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
"you entered what you intended to."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">确认密码</emphasis>一栏用于确保您两次输入的密码一致。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:62
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">登录 Shell</emphasis>是一个用于改变该用户所使用的 "
"shell 的下拉列表，您可以在 Bash、Dash 和 Sh 中选择。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:66
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">为该用户创建一个私有组</emphasis>如果被勾选，系统将创"
"建一个与该用户同名的组，并将该用户作为唯一的用户添加到该组中（您可以稍后编辑"
"该组）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:70
msgid ""
"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"其他的选项非常明显。在您点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>后，将会立即创建新用"
"户。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:73
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 添加组</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:75
msgid ""
"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
"group ID."
msgstr "您只需要输入新组的名称，以及特定的组 ID（可选）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:78
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 编辑</emphasis>（所选用户）"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:80
msgid ""
"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>用户数据</guibutton>：用于修改您在创建该用户时输入的各项信息（用"
"户 ID 除外）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:83
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">账户信息</emphasis>："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:87
msgid "userdrake2.png"
msgstr "userdrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:91
msgid ""
"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
"第一个选项用于设置账户的过期日期。在此日期之后，该用户将无法登录。这一功能可"
"用于临时账户。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:95
msgid ""
"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
"as the account is locked."
msgstr "第二个选项用于锁定账户。被锁定的账户将无法登录。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:98
msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
msgstr "您也可以修改图标。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:100
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
"password periodically."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">密码信息</emphasis>：用于设置密码的过期日期，这将强制"
"用户定期更改登录密码。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:106
msgid "userdrake3.png"
msgstr "userdrake3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:110
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
"that the user is a member of."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">组</emphasis>：您可以在这里选择用户所属的组。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:114
msgid ""
"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
"effective until his/her next login."
msgstr "如果您修改了一个已登录的用户的账户，更改将会在他/她下次登录时生效。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:118
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 编辑</emphasis>（所选组）"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:120
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
"group name."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">组数据</emphasis>：用于修改组名称。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:123
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
"users who are members of the group"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">组用户</emphasis>：您可以在这里选择该组包含的成员。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:126
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 删除</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:128
msgid ""
"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
msgstr ""
"选择一个用户或组，然后点击<emphasis role=\"bold\">删除</emphasis>可以将其删"
"除。若您删除的是一个用户，将会提示您是否同时删除该用户的主目录和邮箱。如果在"
"创建该用户时同时创建了一个私有组，系统也会将其删除。"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:133
msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
msgstr "您也可以删除一个非空的组。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:136
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 刷新</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:138
msgid ""
"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
"refresh the display."
msgstr ""
"若您使用 Userdrake 之外的工具修改了用户数据库，则可以点击此图标来刷新信息。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:141
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 来宾账户</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:143
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
"account</guimenu>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">来宾</emphasis>是一个特殊的账户，用于赋予用户临时、安"
"全访问系统的权限。该账户的登录名是 xguest，且没有密码，该账户无法对系统做出更"
"改。在会话结束后，该账户的个人目录将被删除。默认情况下，系统启用了来宾账户；"
"若要禁用它，请点击菜单<guimenu> 操作 -> 卸载来宾账户</guimenu>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
msgid "Set up the graphical server"
msgstr "设置图形服务器"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
msgid "XFdrake"
msgstr "XFdrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
msgid "XFdrake.png"
msgstr "XFdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
"capital letters."
msgstr ""
"您可通过以普通用户身份在命令行输入 XFdrake，或以 root 用户输入 <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">drakx11</emphasis> 来启动该工具。请注意命令的大小写。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
"\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"此工具可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">硬件</emphasis> 选项卡"
"中找到，选项名称是<emphasis><guilabel>设置图形服务器</guilabel>。</"
"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
msgstr "此按钮用于改变图形配置。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">显卡</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
msgid ""
"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
"one with a proprietary driver."
msgstr ""
"该工具将显示当前检测到的显卡，并配置匹配的服务器。点击此按钮可以切换至其他显"
"示服务器，如使用私有驱动的服务器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
msgid ""
"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
"Xorg</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>供应商</guilabel>列表中列出了可用的服务器，供应商名称和型号按字母顺"
"序排列。Xorg 下面列出了按字母顺序排列的自由驱动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
msgid ""
"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
"in your Desktop Environment."
msgstr ""
"如果有问题，<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>可以提供对大多数显卡的兼容性，允"
"许您使用桌面环境来查找和下载合适的显卡驱动。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
msgid ""
"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
msgstr ""
"如果 Vesa 也不管用，请选择<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>，该驱动在您安装  Mageia 时使用，但您将"
"无法更改分辨率或刷新率。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
msgid ""
"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
msgstr ""
"如果您选择了自由驱动，系统将提示您是否需要使用私有驱动以支持更多特性（如 3D "
"特效）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">显示器</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
msgid ""
"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
msgstr ""
"同上，将会显示当前检测到的显示器，您可以点击按钮来切换到另一个显示器。如果"
"<guilabel>供应商</guilabel>列表中没有列出了您想要的显示器，请从<guilabel>通用"
"</guilabel>列表中选择一个具有相同功能的显示器。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">分辨率</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
msgid ""
"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
msgstr ""
"此按钮用于选择分辨率（像素个数），以及色彩深度（色彩个数）。点击后将显示如下"
"界面："

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
msgid "XFdrake1.png"
msgstr "XFdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
"of what the selected color depth looks like."
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>当您更改色彩深度时，第二个按钮旁"
"将会出现一个色阶栏，用于预览所选的色彩深度。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
msgid ""
"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
"select an uncomfortable setting."
msgstr ""
"第一个按钮用于显示当前分辨率，点击它可以修改分辨率。此列表中列出了与显卡和显"
"示器相关的所有可用分辨率。您也可以点击<guilabel>其他</guilabel>来设置分辨率，"
"但请牢记，如果您选择了不合适的分辨率，显示器可能因此损坏。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
msgid ""
"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
"another one."
msgstr "第二个按钮用于显示当前色彩深度，点击它可以修改色彩深度。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
msgid ""
"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
msgstr "根据所选分辨率的不同，您可能需要注销并重新登录至桌面环境来使更改生效。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">测试</emphasis>："

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
msgid ""
"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
"graphical environment doesn't work."
msgstr ""
"在完成配置后，我们建议您在点击“确定”前先进行一个测试，以避免该设置出现问题时"
"无法方便地修改它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
msgid ""
"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
"XFdrake's text version."
msgstr ""
"如果您无法使用图形界面，请按 Alt + Ctrl +F2 进入命令行，以 root 用户登录，然"
"后输入 XFdrake（注意大小写）来使用 XFdrake 工具。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
msgid ""
"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"如果测试失败，只需等待它自动退出即可。如果测试成功，但您不希望使用该配置，请"
"点击<guibutton>否</guibutton>；否则请，点击<guibutton role=\"bold\">确定</"
"guibutton>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
msgid "Options:"
msgstr "选项："

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>全局选项</guilabel>：如果勾选了<emphasis>禁用 Ctrl + Alt + "
"Backspace</emphasis>，您将无法使用 Ctrl + Alt + Backspace 来重启 X 服务。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>显卡选项</guilabel>：可用于启用或禁用三个特性（针对部分显卡）。"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
"unchecked for a server."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>启动时加载图形化界面</guilabel>：大多数情况下，<emphasis>系统启动时"
"自动加载图形化界面（Xorg）</emphasis>已被勾选，以便系统引导后可以进入图形化界"
"面。对于服务器而言，您可以取消勾选它。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
msgid ""
"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
msgstr ""
"在点击<guibutton>退出</guibutton>按钮后，系统会要求您确认。在此之前，您仍然有"
"机会取消更改、保留之前的配置。如果您接受新配置，您必须注销后重新登录来应用新"
"配置。"